1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 using namespace clang; 51 using namespace sema; 52 53 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 54 if (OwnedType) { 55 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 57 } 58 59 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 60 } 61 62 namespace { 63 64 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 65 public: 66 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 67 bool AllowTemplates=false) 68 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 69 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 70 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 71 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 72 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 73 } 74 75 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 76 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 77 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 78 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 79 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 80 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 81 } 82 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 83 } 84 85 private: 86 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 87 bool WantClassName; 88 bool AllowClassTemplates; 89 }; 90 91 } 92 93 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 94 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 95 switch (Kind) { 96 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 97 // token kind is a valid type specifier 98 case tok::kw_short: 99 case tok::kw_long: 100 case tok::kw___int64: 101 case tok::kw___int128: 102 case tok::kw_signed: 103 case tok::kw_unsigned: 104 case tok::kw_void: 105 case tok::kw_char: 106 case tok::kw_int: 107 case tok::kw_half: 108 case tok::kw_float: 109 case tok::kw_double: 110 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 111 case tok::kw_bool: 112 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 113 case tok::kw___auto_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 namespace { 132 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 133 NotFound, 134 FoundNonType, 135 FoundType 136 }; 137 } // namespace 138 139 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 140 /// dependent class. 141 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 142 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 143 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 144 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 145 SourceLocation NameLoc, 146 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 147 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 148 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 149 // Look for type decls in base classes. 150 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 151 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 152 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 153 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 154 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 155 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 156 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 157 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 158 // templates. 159 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 160 continue; 161 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 162 if (!TD) 163 continue; 164 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 165 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 166 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 167 continue; 168 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 169 } 170 if (BaseRD) { 171 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 172 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 173 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 174 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 175 } 176 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 177 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 178 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 179 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 180 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 181 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 182 break; 183 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 184 break; 185 } 186 } 187 } 188 } 189 190 return FoundTypeDecl; 191 } 192 193 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 194 const IdentifierInfo &II, 195 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 196 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 197 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 198 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 199 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 200 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 201 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 202 DC = DC->getParent()) { 203 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 204 // templates. 205 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 206 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 207 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 208 } 209 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 210 return ParsedType(); 211 212 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 213 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 214 // lookup during template instantiation. 215 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 216 217 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 218 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 219 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 220 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 221 222 CXXScopeSpec SS; 223 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 224 225 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 226 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 227 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 228 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 229 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 230 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 231 } 232 233 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 234 /// return the declaration of that type. 235 /// 236 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 237 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 238 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 239 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 240 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 241 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 242 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 243 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 244 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 245 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 246 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 247 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 248 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 249 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 250 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 251 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 252 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 253 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 254 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 255 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 256 257 if (!LookupCtx) { 258 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 259 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 260 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 261 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 262 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 263 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 264 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 265 // 266 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 267 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 268 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 269 return ParsedType(); 270 271 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 272 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 273 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 274 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 275 276 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 277 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 278 II, NameLoc); 279 return ParsedType::make(T); 280 } 281 282 return ParsedType(); 283 } 284 285 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 286 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 287 return ParsedType(); 288 } 289 290 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 291 // lookup for class-names. 292 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 293 LookupOrdinaryName; 294 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 295 if (LookupCtx) { 296 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 297 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 298 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 299 // nested-name-specifier. 300 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 301 302 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 303 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 304 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 305 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 306 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 307 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 308 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 309 LookupName(Result, S); 310 } 311 } else { 312 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 313 LookupName(Result, S); 314 315 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 316 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 317 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 318 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 319 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 320 return TypeInBase; 321 } 322 } 323 324 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 325 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 326 case LookupResult::NotFound: 327 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 328 if (CorrectedII) { 329 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 330 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 331 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 332 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 333 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 334 TemplateTy Template; 335 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 336 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 337 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 338 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 339 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 340 if (SS && NNS) { 341 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 342 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 343 } 344 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 345 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 346 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 347 // is handled elsewhere). 348 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 349 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 350 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 351 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 352 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 353 IsCtorOrDtorName, 354 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 355 if (Ty) { 356 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 357 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 358 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 359 if (SS && NNS) 360 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 361 *CorrectedII = NewII; 362 return Ty; 363 } 364 } 365 } 366 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 367 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 368 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 369 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 370 return ParsedType(); 371 372 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 373 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 374 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 375 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 376 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 377 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 378 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 379 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 380 return ParsedType(); 381 } 382 383 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 384 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 385 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 386 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 387 if (!IIDecl || 388 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 389 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 390 IIDecl = *Res; 391 } 392 } 393 394 if (!IIDecl) { 395 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 396 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 397 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 398 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 399 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 400 // a type name. 401 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 402 return ParsedType(); 403 } 404 405 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 406 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 407 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 408 // perform the name lookup again. 409 break; 410 411 case LookupResult::Found: 412 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 413 break; 414 } 415 416 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 417 418 QualType T; 419 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 420 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 421 422 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 423 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 424 425 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 426 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 427 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 428 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 429 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 430 // Construct a type with type-source information. 431 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 432 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 433 434 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 435 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 436 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 437 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 438 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 439 } else { 440 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 441 } 442 } 443 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 444 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 445 if (!HasTrailingDot) 446 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 447 } 448 449 if (T.isNull()) { 450 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 451 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 452 return ParsedType(); 453 } 454 return ParsedType::make(T); 455 } 456 457 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 458 static NestedNameSpecifier * 459 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 460 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 461 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 462 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 463 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 464 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 465 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 466 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 467 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 468 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 469 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 470 } 471 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 472 } 473 474 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 475 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 476 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 477 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 478 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 479 480 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 481 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 482 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 483 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 484 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 485 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 486 487 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 488 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 489 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 490 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 491 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 492 493 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 494 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 495 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 496 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 497 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 498 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 499 } 500 501 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 502 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 503 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 504 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 505 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 506 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 507 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 508 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 509 LookupName(R, S, false); 510 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 511 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 512 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 513 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 514 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 515 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 516 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 517 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 518 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 519 } 520 } 521 522 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 523 } 524 525 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 526 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 527 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 528 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 529 /// @code 530 /// template<class T> class A { 531 /// public: 532 /// typedef int TYPE; 533 /// }; 534 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 535 /// public: 536 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 537 /// }; 538 /// @endcode 539 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 540 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 541 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 542 return true; 543 544 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 545 546 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 547 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 548 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 549 return true; 550 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 551 } 552 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 553 } 554 555 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 556 SourceLocation IILoc, 557 Scope *S, 558 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 559 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 560 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 561 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 562 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 563 564 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 565 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 566 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 567 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 568 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 569 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 570 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 571 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 572 // We corrected to a keyword. 573 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 574 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 575 } else { 576 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 577 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 578 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 579 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 580 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 581 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 582 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 583 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 584 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 585 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 586 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 587 } else { 588 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 589 } 590 591 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 592 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 593 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 594 SourceRange(IILoc)); 595 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 596 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 597 false, ParsedType(), 598 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 599 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 600 } 601 return; 602 } 603 604 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 605 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 606 UnqualifiedId Name; 607 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 608 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 609 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 610 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 611 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 612 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 613 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 614 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 615 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 616 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 617 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 618 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 619 } 620 return; 621 } 622 } 623 624 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 625 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 626 627 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 628 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 629 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 630 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 631 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 632 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 633 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 634 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 635 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 636 637 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 638 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 639 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 640 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 641 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 642 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 643 } else { 644 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 645 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 646 } 647 } 648 649 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 650 /// or 651 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 652 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 653 NextToken.is(tok::less); 654 655 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 656 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 657 return true; 658 659 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 660 return true; 661 } 662 663 return false; 664 } 665 666 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 667 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 668 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 669 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 670 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 671 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 672 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 673 StringRef FixItTagName; 674 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 675 case TTK_Class: 676 FixItTagName = "class "; 677 break; 678 679 case TTK_Enum: 680 FixItTagName = "enum "; 681 break; 682 683 case TTK_Struct: 684 FixItTagName = "struct "; 685 break; 686 687 case TTK_Interface: 688 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 689 break; 690 691 case TTK_Union: 692 FixItTagName = "union "; 693 break; 694 } 695 696 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 697 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 698 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 699 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 700 701 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 702 I != IEnd; ++I) 703 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 704 << Name << TagName; 705 706 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 707 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 708 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 709 return true; 710 } 711 712 return false; 713 } 714 715 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 716 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 717 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 718 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 719 720 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 721 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 722 723 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 724 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 725 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 726 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 727 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 728 } 729 730 Sema::NameClassification 731 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 732 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 733 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 734 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 735 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 736 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 737 738 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 739 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 740 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 741 } 742 743 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 744 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 745 746 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 747 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 748 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 749 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 750 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 751 return TypeInBase; 752 } 753 754 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 755 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 756 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 757 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 758 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 759 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 760 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 761 return E; 762 } 763 764 bool SecondTry = false; 765 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 766 767 Corrected: 768 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 769 case LookupResult::NotFound: 770 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 771 // call. 772 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 773 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 774 // FIXME: Reference? 775 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 776 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 777 778 // C90 6.3.2.2: 779 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 780 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 781 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 782 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 783 // the function call, the declaration 784 // 785 // extern int identifier (); 786 // 787 // appeared. 788 // 789 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 790 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 791 Result.addDecl(D); 792 Result.resolveKind(); 793 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 794 } 795 } 796 797 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 798 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 799 // "struct", or "union". 800 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 801 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 802 break; 803 } 804 805 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 806 // close to this name. 807 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 808 SecondTry = true; 809 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 810 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 811 &SS, std::move(CCC), 812 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 813 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 814 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 815 816 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 817 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 818 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 820 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 821 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 822 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 823 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 824 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 825 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 826 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 827 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 828 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 829 } 830 831 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 832 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 833 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 834 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 835 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 836 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 837 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 838 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 839 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 840 } 841 842 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 843 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 844 845 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 846 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 847 return Name; 848 849 // Also update the LookupResult... 850 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 851 Result.clear(); 852 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 853 if (FirstDecl) 854 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 855 856 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 857 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 858 // reference the ivar. 859 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 860 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 861 Result.clear(); 862 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 863 return E; 864 } 865 866 goto Corrected; 867 } 868 } 869 870 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 871 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 872 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 873 874 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 875 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 876 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 877 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 878 879 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 880 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 881 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 882 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 883 // qualified by the keyword typename. 884 // 885 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 886 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 887 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 888 // keyword here. 889 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 890 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 891 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 892 } 893 894 case LookupResult::Found: 895 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 896 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 897 break; 898 899 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 900 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 901 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 902 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 903 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 904 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 905 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 906 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 907 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 908 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 909 // ambiguous. 910 // 911 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 912 // so try again after filtering out template names. 913 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 914 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 915 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 916 break; 917 } 918 } 919 920 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 921 return NameClassification::Error(); 922 } 923 924 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 925 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 926 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 927 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 928 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 929 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 930 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 931 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 932 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 933 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 934 935 if (!Result.empty()) { 936 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 937 bool IsVarTemplate; 938 TemplateName Template; 939 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 940 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 941 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 942 Result.end()); 943 } else { 944 TemplateDecl *TD 945 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 946 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 947 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 948 949 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 950 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 951 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 952 TD); 953 else 954 Template = TemplateName(TD); 955 } 956 957 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 958 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 959 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 960 // to based on which function we selected. 961 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 962 963 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 964 } 965 966 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 967 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 968 } 969 } 970 971 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 972 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 973 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 974 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 975 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 976 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 977 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 978 return ParsedType::make(T); 979 } 980 981 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 982 if (!Class) { 983 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 984 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 985 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 986 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 987 } 988 989 if (Class) { 990 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 991 992 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 993 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 994 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 995 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 996 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 997 } 998 999 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1000 return ParsedType::make(T); 1001 } 1002 1003 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1004 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1005 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1006 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1007 1008 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1009 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1010 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1011 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1012 (NextIsOp && 1013 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1014 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1015 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1018 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1019 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1020 return ParsedType::make(T); 1021 } 1022 1023 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1024 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1025 nullptr, S); 1026 1027 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1028 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1029 } 1030 1031 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1032 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1033 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1034 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1035 1036 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1037 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1038 // the context we'll need to return to. 1039 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1040 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1041 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1042 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1043 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1044 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1045 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1046 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1047 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1048 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1049 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1050 1051 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1052 // lexical context. 1053 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1054 return DC; 1055 1056 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1057 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1058 // class is the context we need to return to. 1059 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1060 DC = RD; 1061 1062 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1063 // declared in. 1064 return DC; 1065 } 1066 1067 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1068 } 1069 1070 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1071 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1072 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1073 CurContext = DC; 1074 S->setEntity(DC); 1075 } 1076 1077 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1078 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1079 1080 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1081 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1082 } 1083 1084 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1085 Decl *D) { 1086 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1087 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1088 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1089 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1090 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1091 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1092 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1093 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1094 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1095 return Result; 1096 } 1097 1098 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1099 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1100 } 1101 1102 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1103 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1104 /// 1105 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1106 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1107 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1108 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1109 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1110 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1111 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1112 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1113 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1114 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1115 // namespace. 1116 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1117 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1118 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1119 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1120 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1121 1122 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1123 1124 #ifndef NDEBUG 1125 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1126 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1127 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1128 #endif 1129 1130 CurContext = DC; 1131 S->setEntity(DC); 1132 } 1133 1134 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1135 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1136 1137 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1138 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1139 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1140 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1141 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1142 1143 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1144 // disappear. 1145 } 1146 1147 1148 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1149 // We assume that the caller has already called 1150 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1151 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1152 if (!FD) 1153 return; 1154 1155 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1156 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1157 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1158 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1159 CurContext = FD; 1160 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1161 1162 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1163 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1164 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1165 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1166 S->AddDecl(Param); 1167 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1168 } 1169 } 1170 } 1171 1172 1173 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1174 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1175 // rather than the top-level class. 1176 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1177 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1178 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1179 } 1180 1181 1182 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1183 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1184 /// 1185 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1186 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1187 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1188 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1189 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1190 /// attribute. 1191 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1192 ASTContext &Context) { 1193 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1194 return true; 1195 1196 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1197 return true; 1198 1199 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1200 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1201 } 1202 1203 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1204 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1205 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1206 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1207 // scope. 1208 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1209 S = S->getParent(); 1210 1211 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1212 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1213 // into any context. 1214 if (AddToContext) 1215 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1216 1217 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1218 // are function-local declarations. 1219 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1220 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1221 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1222 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1223 return; 1224 1225 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1226 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1227 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1228 return; 1229 1230 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1231 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1232 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1233 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1234 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1235 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1236 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1237 1238 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1239 break; 1240 } 1241 } 1242 1243 S->AddDecl(D); 1244 1245 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1246 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1247 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1248 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1249 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1250 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1251 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1252 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1253 continue; 1254 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1255 break; 1256 } 1257 1258 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1259 } else { 1260 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1261 } 1262 } 1263 1264 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1265 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1266 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1267 } 1268 1269 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1270 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1271 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1272 } 1273 1274 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1275 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1276 do { 1277 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1278 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1279 return S; 1280 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1281 1282 return nullptr; 1283 } 1284 1285 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1286 DeclContext*, 1287 ASTContext&); 1288 1289 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1290 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1291 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1292 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1293 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1294 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1295 while (F.hasNext()) { 1296 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1297 1298 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1299 continue; 1300 1301 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1302 continue; 1303 1304 F.erase(); 1305 } 1306 1307 F.done(); 1308 } 1309 1310 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1311 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1312 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1313 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1314 } 1315 1316 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1317 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1318 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1319 while (F.hasNext()) 1320 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1321 F.erase(); 1322 1323 F.done(); 1324 } 1325 1326 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1327 /// @code 1328 /// class S { 1329 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1330 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1331 /// }; 1332 /// @endcode 1333 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1334 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1335 // the decl here. 1336 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1337 return false; 1338 1339 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1340 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1341 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1342 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1343 return false; 1344 } 1345 1346 // We need this to handle 1347 // 1348 // typedef struct { 1349 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1350 // } A; 1351 // 1352 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1353 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1354 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1355 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1356 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1357 // not. 1358 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1359 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1360 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1361 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1362 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1363 return true; 1364 } 1365 DC = DC->getParent(); 1366 } 1367 1368 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1369 } 1370 1371 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1372 // these semantics. 1373 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1374 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1375 return false; 1376 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1377 } 1378 1379 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1380 assert(D); 1381 1382 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1383 return false; 1384 1385 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1386 // of members of class templates. 1387 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1388 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1389 return false; 1390 1391 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1392 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1393 return false; 1394 1395 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1396 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1397 return false; 1398 } else { 1399 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1400 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1401 return false; 1402 } 1403 1404 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1405 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1406 return false; 1407 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1408 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1409 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1410 // like "inline".) 1411 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1412 return false; 1413 1414 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1415 return false; 1416 1417 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1418 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1419 return false; 1420 } else { 1421 return false; 1422 } 1423 1424 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1425 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1426 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1427 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1428 } 1429 1430 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1431 if (!D) 1432 return; 1433 1434 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1435 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1436 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1437 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1438 } 1439 1440 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1441 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1442 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1443 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1444 } 1445 1446 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1447 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1448 } 1449 1450 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1451 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1452 return false; 1453 1454 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1455 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1456 return false; 1457 1458 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1459 return true; 1460 1461 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1462 // functions. 1463 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1464 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1465 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1466 WithinFunction = 1467 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1468 if (!WithinFunction) 1469 return false; 1470 1471 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1472 return true; 1473 1474 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1475 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1476 return false; 1477 1478 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1479 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1480 1481 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1482 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1483 1484 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1485 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1486 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1487 return false; 1488 } 1489 1490 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1491 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1492 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1493 return false; 1494 1495 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1496 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1497 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1498 return false; 1499 1500 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1501 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1502 return false; 1503 1504 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1505 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1506 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1507 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1508 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1509 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1510 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1511 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1512 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1513 return false; 1514 } 1515 } 1516 } 1517 } 1518 1519 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1520 } 1521 1522 return true; 1523 } 1524 1525 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1526 FixItHint &Hint) { 1527 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1528 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1529 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1530 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1531 return; 1532 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1533 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1534 } 1535 return; 1536 } 1537 1538 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1539 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1540 return; 1541 1542 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1543 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1544 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1545 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1546 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1547 } 1548 } 1549 1550 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1551 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1552 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1553 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1554 return; 1555 1556 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1557 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1558 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1559 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1560 return; 1561 } 1562 1563 FixItHint Hint; 1564 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1565 1566 unsigned DiagID; 1567 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1568 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1569 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1570 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1571 else 1572 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1573 1574 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1575 } 1576 1577 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1578 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1579 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1580 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1581 // MS inline assembly label name. 1582 bool Diagnose = false; 1583 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1584 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1585 else 1586 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1587 if (Diagnose) 1588 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1589 } 1590 1591 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1592 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1593 1594 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1595 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1596 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1597 1598 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1599 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1600 1601 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1602 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1603 1604 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1605 1606 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1607 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1608 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1609 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1610 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1611 } 1612 1613 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1614 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1615 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1616 1617 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1618 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1619 } 1620 } 1621 1622 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1623 /// 1624 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1625 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1626 /// to the fixed name. 1627 /// 1628 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1629 /// 1630 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1631 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1632 /// 1633 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1634 /// class could not be found. 1635 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1636 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1637 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1638 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1639 // creation from this context. 1640 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1641 1642 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1643 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1644 // find an Objective-C class name. 1645 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1646 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1647 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1648 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1649 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1650 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1651 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1652 } 1653 } 1654 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1655 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1656 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1657 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1658 return Def; 1659 } 1660 1661 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1662 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1663 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1664 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1665 /// ill-formed in C++: 1666 /// @code 1667 /// struct S6 { 1668 /// enum { BAR } e; 1669 /// }; 1670 /// 1671 /// void test_S6() { 1672 /// struct S6 a; 1673 /// a.e = BAR; 1674 /// } 1675 /// @endcode 1676 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1677 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1678 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1679 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1680 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1681 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1682 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1683 /// contain non-field names. 1684 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1685 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1686 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1687 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1688 S = S->getParent(); 1689 return S; 1690 } 1691 1692 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1693 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1694 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1695 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1696 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1697 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1698 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1699 return; 1700 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1701 1702 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1703 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1704 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1705 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1706 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1707 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1708 } 1709 1710 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1711 switch (Error) { 1712 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1713 return ""; 1714 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1715 return "stdio.h"; 1716 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1717 return "setjmp.h"; 1718 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1719 return "ucontext.h"; 1720 } 1721 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1722 } 1723 1724 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1725 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1726 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1727 /// built-in. 1728 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1729 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1730 SourceLocation Loc) { 1731 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1732 1733 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1734 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1735 if (Error) { 1736 if (ForRedeclaration) 1737 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1738 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1739 return nullptr; 1740 } 1741 1742 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1743 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1744 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1745 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1746 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1747 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1748 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1749 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1750 } 1751 1752 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1753 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1754 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1755 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1756 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1757 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1758 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1759 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1760 } 1761 1762 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1763 Parent, 1764 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1765 SC_Extern, 1766 false, 1767 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1768 New->setImplicit(); 1769 1770 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1771 // FunctionDecl. 1772 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1773 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1774 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1775 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1776 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1777 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1778 SC_None, nullptr); 1779 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1780 Params.push_back(parm); 1781 } 1782 New->setParams(Params); 1783 } 1784 1785 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1786 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1787 1788 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1789 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1790 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1791 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1792 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1793 CurContext = Parent; 1794 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1795 CurContext = SavedContext; 1796 return New; 1797 } 1798 1799 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1800 /// entity if their types are the same. 1801 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1802 /// isSameEntity. 1803 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1804 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1805 LookupResult &Previous) { 1806 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1807 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1808 return; 1809 1810 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1811 if (Previous.empty()) 1812 return; 1813 1814 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1815 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1816 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1817 1818 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1819 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1820 continue; 1821 1822 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1823 // different linkages. 1824 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1825 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1826 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1827 continue; 1828 1829 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1830 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1831 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1832 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1833 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1834 continue; 1835 } 1836 1837 Filter.erase(); 1838 } 1839 1840 Filter.done(); 1841 } 1842 1843 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1844 QualType OldType; 1845 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1846 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1847 else 1848 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1849 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1850 1851 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1852 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1853 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1854 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1855 << Kind << NewType; 1856 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1857 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1858 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1859 return true; 1860 } 1861 1862 if (OldType != NewType && 1863 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1864 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1865 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1866 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1867 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1868 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1869 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1870 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1871 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1872 return true; 1873 } 1874 return false; 1875 } 1876 1877 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1878 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1879 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1880 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1881 /// 1882 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 1883 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1884 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1885 // merging checks. 1886 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1887 1888 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1889 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1890 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1891 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1892 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1893 default: break; 1894 case 2: 1895 { 1896 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1897 break; 1898 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1899 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1900 break; 1901 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1902 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1903 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1904 break; 1905 } 1906 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1907 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1908 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1909 return; 1910 } 1911 case 5: 1912 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1913 break; 1914 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1915 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1916 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1917 return; 1918 case 3: 1919 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1920 break; 1921 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1922 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1923 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1924 return; 1925 } 1926 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1927 } 1928 1929 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1930 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1931 if (!Old) { 1932 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1933 << New->getDeclName(); 1934 1935 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1936 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1937 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1938 1939 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1940 } 1941 1942 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1943 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1944 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1945 1946 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1947 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 1948 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 1949 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 1950 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 1951 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 1952 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 1953 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 1954 // instead of our tag. 1955 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 1956 if (OldTD->isModed()) 1957 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 1958 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 1959 else 1960 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 1961 1962 // Make the old tag definition visible. 1963 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 1964 1965 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 1966 // out of the scope. 1967 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 1968 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 1969 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 1970 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 1971 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 1972 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 1973 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 1974 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 1975 } 1976 } 1977 } 1978 } 1979 1980 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1981 // with any extensions enabled. 1982 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1983 return; 1984 1985 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1986 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1987 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1988 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1989 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1990 } 1991 1992 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1993 return; 1994 1995 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1996 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1997 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1998 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1999 // to the type to which it already refers. 2000 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2001 return; 2002 2003 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2004 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2005 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2006 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2007 // 2008 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2009 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2010 // 2011 // struct S { 2012 // typedef struct A { } A; 2013 // }; 2014 // 2015 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2016 // allow the above but disallow 2017 // 2018 // struct S { 2019 // typedef int I; 2020 // typedef int I; 2021 // }; 2022 // 2023 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2024 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2025 return; 2026 2027 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2028 << New->getDeclName(); 2029 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2030 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2031 } 2032 2033 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2034 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2035 return; 2036 2037 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2038 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2039 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2040 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2041 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2042 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2043 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2044 return; 2045 2046 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2047 << New->getDeclName(); 2048 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2049 } 2050 2051 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2052 /// attribute. 2053 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2054 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2055 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2056 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2057 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2058 if (Ann) { 2059 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2060 return true; 2061 continue; 2062 } 2063 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2064 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2065 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2066 return true; 2067 } 2068 2069 return false; 2070 } 2071 2072 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2073 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2074 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2075 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2076 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2077 return true; 2078 } 2079 2080 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2081 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2082 /// 2083 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2084 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2085 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2086 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2087 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2088 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2089 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2090 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2091 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2092 // in a case like: 2093 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2094 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2095 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2096 // definition in such a case. 2097 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2098 return false; 2099 2100 if (I->isAlignas()) 2101 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2102 2103 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2104 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2105 OldAlign = Align; 2106 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2107 } 2108 } 2109 2110 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2111 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2112 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2113 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2114 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2115 return false; 2116 2117 if (I->isAlignas()) 2118 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2119 2120 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2121 if (Align > NewAlign) 2122 NewAlign = Align; 2123 } 2124 2125 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2126 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2127 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2128 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2129 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2130 2131 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2132 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2133 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2134 QualType Ty; 2135 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2136 Ty = VD->getType(); 2137 else 2138 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2139 2140 if (OldAlign == 0) 2141 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2142 if (NewAlign == 0) 2143 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2144 } 2145 2146 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2147 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2148 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2149 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2150 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2151 } 2152 } 2153 2154 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2155 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2156 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2157 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2158 // equivalent alignment. 2159 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2160 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2161 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2162 // have no alignment specifier. 2163 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2164 << OldAlignasAttr; 2165 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2166 << OldAlignasAttr; 2167 } 2168 2169 bool AnyAdded = false; 2170 2171 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2172 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2173 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2174 Clone->setInherited(true); 2175 New->addAttr(Clone); 2176 AnyAdded = true; 2177 } 2178 2179 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2180 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2181 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2182 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2183 Clone->setInherited(true); 2184 New->addAttr(Clone); 2185 AnyAdded = true; 2186 } 2187 2188 return AnyAdded; 2189 } 2190 2191 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2192 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2193 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2194 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2195 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2196 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2197 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2198 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2199 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2200 AA->getMessage(), AMK, 2201 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2202 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2203 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2204 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2205 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2206 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2207 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2208 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2209 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2210 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2211 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2212 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2213 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2214 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2215 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2216 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2217 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2218 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2219 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2220 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2221 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2222 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2223 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2224 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2225 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2226 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2227 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2228 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2229 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2230 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2231 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2232 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2233 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2234 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2235 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2236 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2237 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2238 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2239 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2240 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2241 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2242 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2243 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2244 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2245 NewAttr = nullptr; 2246 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2247 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2248 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2249 NewAttr = nullptr; 2250 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2251 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2252 2253 if (NewAttr) { 2254 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2255 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2256 return true; 2257 } 2258 2259 return false; 2260 } 2261 2262 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2263 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2264 return TD->getDefinition(); 2265 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2266 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2267 if (Def) 2268 return Def; 2269 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2270 } 2271 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2272 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2273 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2274 return Def; 2275 } 2276 return nullptr; 2277 } 2278 2279 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2280 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2281 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2282 return true; 2283 return false; 2284 } 2285 2286 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2287 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2288 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2289 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2290 return; 2291 2292 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2293 if (!Def || Def == New) 2294 return; 2295 2296 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2297 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2298 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2299 2300 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2301 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2302 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2303 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2304 2305 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2306 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2307 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2308 --E; 2309 continue; 2310 } 2311 } else { 2312 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2313 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2314 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2315 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2316 : diag::err_redefinition; 2317 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2318 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2319 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2320 } 2321 ++I; 2322 continue; 2323 } 2324 2325 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2326 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2327 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2328 ++I; 2329 continue; 2330 } 2331 } 2332 2333 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2334 ++I; 2335 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2336 } 2337 2338 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2339 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2340 ++I; 2341 continue; 2342 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2343 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2344 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2345 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2346 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2347 // equivalent alignment. 2348 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2349 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2350 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2351 // have no alignment specifier. 2352 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2353 << AA; 2354 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2355 << AA; 2356 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2357 --E; 2358 continue; 2359 } 2360 } 2361 2362 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2363 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2364 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2365 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2366 --E; 2367 } 2368 } 2369 2370 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2371 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2372 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2373 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2374 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2375 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2376 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2377 } 2378 2379 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2380 return; 2381 2382 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2383 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2384 2385 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2386 return; 2387 2388 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2389 2390 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2391 // we process them. 2392 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2393 2394 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2395 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2396 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2397 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2398 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2399 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2400 switch (AMK) { 2401 case AMK_None: 2402 continue; 2403 2404 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2405 case AMK_Override: 2406 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2407 LocalAMK = AMK; 2408 break; 2409 } 2410 } 2411 2412 // Already handled. 2413 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2414 continue; 2415 2416 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2417 foundAny = true; 2418 } 2419 2420 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2421 foundAny = true; 2422 2423 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2424 } 2425 2426 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2427 /// to the new one. 2428 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2429 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2430 Sema &S) { 2431 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2432 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2433 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2434 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2435 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2436 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2437 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2438 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2439 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2440 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2441 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2442 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2443 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2444 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2445 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2446 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2447 } 2448 2449 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2450 return; 2451 2452 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2453 2454 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2455 // done before we process them. 2456 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2457 2458 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2459 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2460 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2461 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2462 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2463 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2464 foundAny = true; 2465 } 2466 } 2467 2468 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2469 } 2470 2471 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2472 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2473 Sema &S) { 2474 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2475 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2476 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2477 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2478 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2479 *Newnullability, 2480 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2481 != 0)) 2482 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2483 *Oldnullability, 2484 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2485 != 0)); 2486 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2487 } 2488 } else { 2489 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2490 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2491 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2492 NewT, NewT); 2493 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2494 } 2495 } 2496 } 2497 2498 namespace { 2499 2500 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2501 /// C. 2502 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2503 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2504 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2505 QualType PromotedType; 2506 }; 2507 2508 } 2509 2510 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2511 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2512 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2513 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2514 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2515 2516 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2517 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2518 2519 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2520 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2521 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2522 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2523 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2524 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2525 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2526 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2527 } 2528 2529 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2530 } 2531 2532 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2533 // declaration, or a declaration. 2534 template <typename T> 2535 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2536 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2537 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2538 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2539 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2540 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2541 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2542 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2543 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2544 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2545 } else 2546 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2547 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2548 } 2549 2550 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2551 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2552 /// GNU89 mode. 2553 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2554 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2555 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2556 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2557 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2558 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2559 } 2560 2561 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2562 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2563 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2564 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2565 return AT; 2566 } 2567 2568 template <typename T> 2569 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2570 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2571 if (DC->isRecord()) 2572 return false; 2573 2574 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2575 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2576 return true; 2577 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2578 return true; 2579 return false; 2580 } 2581 2582 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2583 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2584 2585 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2586 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2587 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2588 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2589 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2590 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2591 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2592 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2593 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2594 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2595 // and function templates; or 2596 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2597 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2598 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2599 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2600 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2601 2602 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2603 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2604 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2605 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2606 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2607 2608 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2609 if (Old && 2610 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2611 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2612 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2613 Old = nullptr; 2614 2615 if (!Old) { 2616 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2617 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2618 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2619 return true; 2620 } 2621 return false; 2622 } 2623 2624 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2625 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2626 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2627 2628 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2629 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2630 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2631 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2632 return true; 2633 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2634 }; 2635 2636 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2637 } 2638 2639 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2640 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2641 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2642 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2643 /// 2644 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2645 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2646 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2647 /// merged with. 2648 /// 2649 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2650 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2651 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2652 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2653 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2654 if (!Old) { 2655 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2656 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2657 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2658 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2659 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2660 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2661 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2662 return true; 2663 } 2664 2665 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2666 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2667 return true; 2668 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2669 } else { 2670 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2671 << New->getDeclName(); 2672 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2673 return true; 2674 } 2675 } 2676 2677 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2678 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2679 return true; 2680 2681 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2682 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2683 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2684 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2685 2686 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2687 // is an extern inline function. 2688 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2689 // storage classes. 2690 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2691 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2692 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2693 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2694 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2695 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2696 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2697 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2698 } else { 2699 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2700 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2701 return true; 2702 } 2703 } 2704 2705 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2706 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2707 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2708 << New->getDeclName(); 2709 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2710 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2711 } 2712 2713 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2714 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2715 // convention of the first. 2716 // 2717 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2718 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2719 // 2720 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2721 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2722 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2723 // 2724 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2725 // other tests to run. 2726 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2727 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2728 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2729 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2730 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2731 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2732 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2733 2734 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2735 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2736 const FunctionType *FT = 2737 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2738 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2739 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2740 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2741 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2742 // there but not here. 2743 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2744 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2745 } else { 2746 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2747 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2748 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2749 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2750 << !FirstCCExplicit 2751 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2752 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2753 2754 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2755 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2756 return true; 2757 } 2758 } 2759 2760 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2761 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2762 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2763 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2764 } 2765 2766 // Merge regparm attribute. 2767 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2768 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2769 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2770 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2771 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2772 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2773 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2774 return true; 2775 } 2776 2777 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2778 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2779 } 2780 2781 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2782 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2783 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2784 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2785 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2786 return true; 2787 } 2788 2789 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2790 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2791 } 2792 2793 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2794 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2795 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2796 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2797 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2798 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2799 } 2800 2801 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2802 // UndefinedButUsed. 2803 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2804 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2805 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2806 Old->isUsed(false) && 2807 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2808 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2809 SourceLocation())); 2810 2811 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2812 // about it. 2813 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2814 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2815 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2816 } 2817 2818 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 2819 // redeclaration. 2820 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 2821 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 2822 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 2823 << New->getDeclName(); 2824 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2825 return true; 2826 } 2827 2828 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2829 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2830 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2831 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2832 // cannot be overloaded. 2833 2834 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2835 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2836 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2837 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2838 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2839 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2840 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2841 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2842 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2843 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2844 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2845 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2846 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2847 QualType ResQT; 2848 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2849 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2850 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2851 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2852 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2853 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2854 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2855 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2856 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2857 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2858 else 2859 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2860 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2861 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2862 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2863 return true; 2864 } 2865 else 2866 NewQType = ResQT; 2867 } 2868 2869 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2870 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2871 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2872 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2873 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2874 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2875 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2876 New->setType( 2877 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2878 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2879 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2880 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2881 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2882 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2883 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2884 } 2885 } 2886 2887 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2888 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2889 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2890 // Preserve triviality. 2891 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2892 2893 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2894 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2895 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2896 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2897 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2898 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2899 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2900 2901 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2902 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2903 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2904 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2905 // is a static member function declaration. 2906 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2907 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2908 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2909 return true; 2910 } 2911 2912 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2913 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2914 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2915 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2916 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2917 unsigned NewDiag; 2918 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2919 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2920 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2921 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2922 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2923 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2924 else 2925 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2926 2927 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2928 } else { 2929 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2930 << New << New->getType(); 2931 } 2932 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2933 return true; 2934 2935 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2936 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2937 // 2938 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2939 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2940 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2941 if (isFriend) { 2942 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2943 } else { 2944 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2945 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2946 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2947 return true; 2948 } 2949 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2950 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2951 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2952 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2953 return true; 2954 } 2955 } 2956 2957 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2958 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2959 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2960 // attribute. 2961 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2962 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2963 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2964 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2965 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2966 } 2967 2968 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2969 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2970 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2971 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2972 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2973 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2974 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2975 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2976 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2977 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2978 } 2979 2980 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2981 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2982 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2983 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2984 2985 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2986 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2987 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2988 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2989 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2990 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2991 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2992 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2993 } 2994 2995 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2996 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2997 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2998 // 2999 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3000 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3001 // linkage within class scope. 3002 // 3003 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3004 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3005 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3006 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3007 } else { 3008 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3009 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3010 return true; 3011 } 3012 } 3013 3014 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3015 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3016 3017 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3018 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3019 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3020 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3021 // when we instantiate the function. 3022 return false; 3023 } 3024 3025 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3026 } 3027 3028 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3029 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3030 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3031 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3032 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3033 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3034 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3035 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3036 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3037 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3038 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3039 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3040 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3041 NewQType = 3042 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3043 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3044 New->setType(NewQType); 3045 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3046 3047 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3048 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3049 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3050 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3051 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3052 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3053 SC_None, nullptr); 3054 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3055 Param->setImplicit(); 3056 Params.push_back(Param); 3057 } 3058 3059 New->setParams(Params); 3060 } 3061 3062 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3063 } 3064 3065 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3066 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3067 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3068 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3069 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3070 // the prototype. 3071 // 3072 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3073 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3074 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3075 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3076 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3077 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3078 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3079 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3080 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3081 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3082 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3083 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3084 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3085 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3086 3087 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3088 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3089 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3090 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3091 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3092 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3093 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3094 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3095 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3096 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3097 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3098 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3099 NewParm->getType(), 3100 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3101 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3102 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3103 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3104 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3105 } else 3106 LooseCompatible = false; 3107 } 3108 3109 if (LooseCompatible) { 3110 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3111 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3112 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3113 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3114 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3115 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3116 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3117 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3118 } 3119 3120 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3121 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3122 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3123 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3124 } 3125 3126 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3127 } 3128 3129 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3130 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3131 3132 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3133 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3134 unsigned BuiltinID; 3135 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3136 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3137 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3138 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3139 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3140 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3141 << Old << Old->getType(); 3142 3143 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3144 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3145 // 3146 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3147 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3148 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3149 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3150 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3151 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3152 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3153 3154 return false; 3155 } 3156 3157 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3158 } 3159 3160 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3161 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3162 return true; 3163 } 3164 3165 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3166 /// known to be compatible. 3167 /// 3168 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3169 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3170 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3171 /// redeclaration of Old. 3172 /// 3173 /// \returns false 3174 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3175 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3176 // Merge the attributes 3177 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3178 3179 // Merge "pure" flag. 3180 if (Old->isPure()) 3181 New->setPure(); 3182 3183 // Merge "used" flag. 3184 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3185 New->setIsUsed(); 3186 3187 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3188 // declarations. 3189 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3190 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3191 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3192 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3193 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3194 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3195 } 3196 3197 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3198 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3199 3200 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3201 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3202 // was visible. 3203 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3204 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3205 New->setType(Merged); 3206 3207 return false; 3208 } 3209 3210 3211 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3212 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3213 3214 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3215 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3216 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3217 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3218 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3219 : AMK_Override; 3220 3221 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3222 3223 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3224 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3225 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3226 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3227 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3228 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3229 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3230 3231 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3232 } 3233 3234 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3235 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3236 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3237 /// 3238 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3239 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3240 /// is attached. 3241 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3242 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3243 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3244 return; 3245 3246 QualType MergedT; 3247 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3248 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3249 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3250 return; 3251 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3252 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3253 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3254 } 3255 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3256 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3257 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3258 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3259 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3260 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3261 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3262 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3263 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3264 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3265 NewArray->getElementType())) 3266 MergedT = New->getType(); 3267 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3268 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3269 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3270 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3271 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3272 NewArray->getElementType())) 3273 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3274 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3275 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3276 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3277 Old->getType()); 3278 } 3279 } else { 3280 // C 6.2.7p2: 3281 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3282 // compatible type. 3283 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3284 } 3285 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3286 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3287 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3288 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3289 // equivalent. 3290 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3291 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3292 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3293 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3294 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3295 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3296 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3297 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3298 return; 3299 } 3300 3301 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3302 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3303 // 3304 // extern int arr[]; 3305 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3306 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3307 // 3308 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3309 // to diagnose it. 3310 Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3311 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3312 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3313 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3314 3315 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3316 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3317 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3318 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3319 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3320 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3321 } 3322 3323 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3324 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3325 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3326 New->setType(MergedT); 3327 } 3328 3329 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3330 LookupResult &Previous) { 3331 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3332 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3333 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3334 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3335 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3336 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3337 // 3338 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3339 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3340 return false; 3341 3342 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3343 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3344 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3345 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3346 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3347 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3348 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3349 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3350 } else { 3351 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3352 // type unless we're in the same function. 3353 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3354 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3355 } 3356 } 3357 3358 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3359 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3360 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3361 /// 3362 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3363 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3364 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3365 /// 3366 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3367 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3368 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3369 return; 3370 3371 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3372 return; 3373 3374 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3375 3376 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3377 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3378 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3379 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3380 if (NewTemplate) { 3381 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3382 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3383 3384 if (auto *Shadow = 3385 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3386 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3387 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3388 } else { 3389 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3390 3391 if (auto *Shadow = 3392 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3393 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3394 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3395 } 3396 } 3397 if (!Old) { 3398 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3399 << New->getDeclName(); 3400 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3401 diag::note_previous_definition); 3402 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3403 } 3404 3405 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3406 if (NewTemplate && 3407 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3408 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3409 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3410 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3411 3412 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3413 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3414 // 3415 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3416 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3417 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3418 << New->getIdentifier(); 3419 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3420 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3421 } 3422 3423 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3424 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3425 // declaration 3426 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3427 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3428 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3429 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3430 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3431 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3432 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3433 } 3434 3435 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3436 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3437 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3438 << New->getDeclName(); 3439 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3440 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3441 } 3442 3443 // Merge the types. 3444 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3445 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3446 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3447 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3448 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3449 return; 3450 } 3451 3452 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3453 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3454 return; 3455 3456 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3457 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3458 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3459 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3460 3461 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3462 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3463 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3464 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3465 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3466 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3467 << New->getDeclName(); 3468 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3469 } else { 3470 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3471 << New->getDeclName(); 3472 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3473 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3474 } 3475 } 3476 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3477 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3478 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3479 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3480 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3481 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3482 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3483 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3484 // identifier has external linkage. 3485 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3486 /* Okay */; 3487 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3488 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3489 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3490 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3491 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3492 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3493 } 3494 3495 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3496 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3497 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3498 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3499 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3500 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3501 } 3502 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3503 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3504 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3505 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3506 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3507 } 3508 3509 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3510 3511 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3512 // need to check for mismatches. 3513 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3514 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3515 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3516 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3517 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3518 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3519 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3520 } 3521 3522 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3523 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3524 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3525 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3526 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3527 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3528 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3529 } else { 3530 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3531 // static and dynamic initialization. 3532 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3533 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3534 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3535 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3536 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3537 } 3538 } 3539 3540 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3541 VarDecl *Def; 3542 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3543 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3544 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3545 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 3546 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 3547 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3548 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3549 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3550 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3551 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3552 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 3553 } else { 3554 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3555 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3556 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3557 return; 3558 } 3559 } 3560 3561 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3562 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3563 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3564 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3565 return; 3566 } 3567 3568 // Merge "used" flag. 3569 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3570 New->setIsUsed(); 3571 3572 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3573 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3574 if (NewTemplate) 3575 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3576 3577 // Inherit access appropriately. 3578 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3579 if (NewTemplate) 3580 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3581 } 3582 3583 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3584 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3585 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3586 DeclSpec &DS) { 3587 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3588 } 3589 3590 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3591 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3592 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3593 // compatibility. 3594 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3595 // targeted. 3596 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3597 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3598 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3599 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3600 } 3601 3602 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3603 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3604 return; 3605 3606 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3607 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3608 // it is anonymous. 3609 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3610 return; 3611 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3612 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3613 Context.setManglingNumber( 3614 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3615 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3616 return; 3617 } 3618 3619 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3620 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3621 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3622 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3623 Context.setManglingNumber( 3624 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3625 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3626 } 3627 } 3628 3629 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3630 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3631 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3632 return; 3633 3634 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3635 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3636 return; 3637 3638 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3639 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3640 3641 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3642 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3643 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3644 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3645 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3646 return; 3647 } 3648 3649 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3650 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3651 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3652 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3653 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3654 // for how to handle it. 3655 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3656 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3657 3658 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3659 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3660 3661 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3662 textToInsert += ' '; 3663 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3664 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3665 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3666 return; 3667 } 3668 3669 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3670 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3671 } 3672 3673 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3674 switch (T) { 3675 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3676 return 0; 3677 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3678 return 1; 3679 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3680 return 2; 3681 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3682 return 3; 3683 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3684 return 4; 3685 default: 3686 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3687 } 3688 } 3689 3690 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3691 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3692 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3693 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3694 DeclSpec &DS, 3695 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3696 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3697 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3698 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3699 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3700 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3701 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3702 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3703 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3704 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3705 3706 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3707 return nullptr; 3708 3709 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3710 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3711 // it's a Type. 3712 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3713 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3714 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3715 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3716 } 3717 3718 if (Tag) { 3719 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3720 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3721 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3722 return Tag; 3723 } 3724 3725 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3726 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3727 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3728 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3729 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3730 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3731 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3732 } 3733 3734 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3735 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3736 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3737 if (Tag) 3738 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3739 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3740 else 3741 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3742 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3743 return TagD; 3744 } 3745 3746 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3747 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3748 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3749 // its initializer. 3750 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3751 return TagD; 3752 } 3753 3754 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3755 3756 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3757 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3758 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3759 if (TagD && !Tag) 3760 return nullptr; 3761 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3762 } 3763 3764 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3765 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3766 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3767 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3768 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3769 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3770 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3771 // or an explicit specialization. 3772 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3773 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3774 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3775 return nullptr; 3776 } 3777 3778 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3779 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3780 3781 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3782 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3783 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3784 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3785 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3786 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3787 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3788 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3789 3790 DeclaresAnything = false; 3791 } 3792 } 3793 3794 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3795 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3796 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3797 // 3798 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3799 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3800 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3801 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3802 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3803 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3804 // struct STRUCT; 3805 // union UNION; 3806 // and 3807 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3808 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3809 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3810 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3811 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3812 if (Tag) 3813 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3814 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3815 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3816 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3817 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3818 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3819 3820 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3821 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3822 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3823 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3824 } 3825 3826 DeclaresAnything = false; 3827 } 3828 } 3829 3830 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3831 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3832 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3833 return TagD; 3834 3835 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3836 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3837 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3838 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3839 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3840 DeclaresAnything = false; 3841 3842 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3843 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3844 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3845 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3846 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3847 else 3848 DeclaresAnything = false; 3849 } 3850 3851 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3852 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3853 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3854 << Tag->getTagKind() 3855 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3856 3857 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3858 3859 // C 6.7/2: 3860 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3861 // or the members of an enumeration. 3862 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3863 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3864 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3865 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3866 // previous declaration. 3867 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3868 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3869 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3870 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3871 return TagD; 3872 } 3873 3874 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3875 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3876 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3877 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3878 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3879 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3880 // 3881 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3882 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3883 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3884 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3885 3886 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3887 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3888 // useless. 3889 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3890 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3891 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3892 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3893 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3894 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3895 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3896 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3897 } 3898 3899 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3900 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3901 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3902 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3903 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3904 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3905 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3906 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3907 // Restrict is covered above. 3908 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3909 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3910 } 3911 3912 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3913 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3914 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3915 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3916 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3917 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3918 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3919 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3920 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3921 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3922 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 3923 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 3924 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3925 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 3926 } 3927 } 3928 3929 return TagD; 3930 } 3931 3932 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3933 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3934 /// 3935 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3936 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3937 Scope *S, 3938 DeclContext *Owner, 3939 DeclarationName Name, 3940 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3941 bool IsUnion) { 3942 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3943 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3944 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3945 3946 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3947 return false; 3948 3949 // Pick a representative declaration. 3950 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3951 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3952 3953 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3954 return false; 3955 3956 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 3957 << IsUnion << Name; 3958 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3959 3960 return true; 3961 } 3962 3963 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3964 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3965 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3966 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3967 /// struct, e.g., 3968 /// 3969 /// @code 3970 /// union { 3971 /// int i; 3972 /// float f; 3973 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3974 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3975 /// @endcode 3976 /// 3977 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3978 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3979 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3980 DeclContext *Owner, 3981 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3982 AccessSpecifier AS, 3983 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3984 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3985 bool Invalid = false; 3986 3987 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3988 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3989 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3990 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3991 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3992 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3993 VD->getLocation(), 3994 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 3995 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3996 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3997 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3998 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3999 Invalid = true; 4000 } else { 4001 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4002 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4003 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4004 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4005 // anonymous union is declared. 4006 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4007 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4008 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4009 else 4010 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4011 4012 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4013 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4014 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4015 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4016 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4017 4018 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4019 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4020 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 4021 4022 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4023 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4024 4025 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4026 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4027 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4028 4029 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4030 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4031 4032 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4033 } 4034 } 4035 } 4036 4037 return Invalid; 4038 } 4039 4040 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4041 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4042 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4043 static StorageClass 4044 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4045 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4046 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4047 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4048 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4049 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4050 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4051 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4052 return SC_None; 4053 return SC_Extern; 4054 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4055 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4056 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4057 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4058 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4059 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4060 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4061 } 4062 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4063 } 4064 4065 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4066 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4067 4068 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4069 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4070 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4071 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4072 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4073 return FD->getLocation(); 4074 } 4075 4076 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4077 } 4078 4079 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4080 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4081 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4082 return; 4083 4084 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4085 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4086 } 4087 4088 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4089 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4090 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4091 return; 4092 4093 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4094 } 4095 4096 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4097 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4098 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4099 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4100 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4101 AccessSpecifier AS, 4102 RecordDecl *Record, 4103 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4104 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4105 4106 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4107 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4108 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4109 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4110 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4111 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4112 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4113 4114 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4115 // structs/unions. 4116 bool Invalid = false; 4117 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4118 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4119 unsigned DiagID; 4120 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4121 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4122 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4123 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4124 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4125 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4126 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4127 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4128 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4129 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4130 4131 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4132 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4133 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4134 } 4135 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4136 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4137 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4138 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4139 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4140 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4141 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4142 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4143 4144 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4145 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4146 SourceLocation(), 4147 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4148 } 4149 } 4150 4151 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4152 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4153 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4154 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4155 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4156 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4157 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4158 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4159 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4160 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4161 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4162 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4163 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4164 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4165 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4166 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4167 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4168 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4169 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4170 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4171 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4172 4173 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4174 } 4175 4176 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4177 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4178 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4179 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4180 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4181 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4182 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4183 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4184 // members (clause 11). 4185 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4186 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4187 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4188 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4189 Invalid = true; 4190 } 4191 4192 // C++ [class.union]p1 4193 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4194 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4195 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4196 // array of such objects. 4197 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4198 Invalid = true; 4199 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4200 // Any implicit members are fine. 4201 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4202 // This is a type that showed up in an 4203 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4204 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4205 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4206 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4207 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4208 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4209 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4210 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4211 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4212 << Record->isUnion(); 4213 else { 4214 // This is a nested type declaration. 4215 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4216 << Record->isUnion(); 4217 Invalid = true; 4218 } 4219 } else { 4220 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4221 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4222 // not part of standard C++. 4223 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4224 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4225 << Record->isUnion(); 4226 } 4227 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4228 // Any access specifier is fine. 4229 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4230 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4231 } else { 4232 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4233 // member. Complain about it. 4234 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4235 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4236 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4237 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4238 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4239 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4240 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4241 4242 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4243 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4244 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4245 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4246 << Record->isUnion(); 4247 else { 4248 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4249 Invalid = true; 4250 } 4251 } 4252 } 4253 4254 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4255 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4256 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4257 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4258 Owner->isRecord()) 4259 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4260 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4261 } 4262 4263 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4264 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4265 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4266 Invalid = true; 4267 } 4268 4269 // Mock up a declarator. 4270 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4271 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4272 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4273 4274 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4275 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4276 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4277 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4278 DS.getLocStart(), 4279 Record->getLocation(), 4280 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4281 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4282 TInfo, 4283 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4284 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4285 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4286 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4287 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4288 } else { 4289 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4290 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4291 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4292 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4293 // an error here 4294 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4295 Invalid = true; 4296 SC = SC_None; 4297 } 4298 4299 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4300 DS.getLocStart(), 4301 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4302 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4303 TInfo, SC); 4304 4305 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4306 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4307 // initializer: 4308 // union { int n = 0; }; 4309 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4310 } 4311 Anon->setImplicit(); 4312 4313 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4314 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4315 4316 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4317 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4318 // its members. 4319 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4320 4321 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4322 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4323 // purposes. 4324 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4325 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4326 4327 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 4328 Chain, false)) 4329 Invalid = true; 4330 4331 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4332 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4333 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4334 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4335 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4336 Context.setManglingNumber( 4337 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4338 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4339 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4340 } 4341 } 4342 } 4343 4344 if (Invalid) 4345 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4346 4347 return Anon; 4348 } 4349 4350 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4351 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4352 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4353 /// Example: 4354 /// 4355 /// struct A { int a; }; 4356 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4357 /// 4358 /// void foo() { 4359 /// B var; 4360 /// var.a = 3; 4361 /// } 4362 /// 4363 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4364 RecordDecl *Record) { 4365 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4366 4367 // Mock up a declarator. 4368 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4369 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4370 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4371 4372 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4373 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4374 4375 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4376 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4377 ParentDecl, 4378 DS.getLocStart(), 4379 DS.getLocStart(), 4380 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4381 RecTy, 4382 TInfo, 4383 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4384 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4385 Anon->setImplicit(); 4386 4387 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4388 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4389 4390 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4391 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4392 // purposes. 4393 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4394 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4395 4396 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4397 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4398 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4399 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4400 AS_none, Chain, true)) { 4401 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4402 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4403 } 4404 4405 return Anon; 4406 } 4407 4408 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4409 /// given Declarator. 4410 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4411 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4412 } 4413 4414 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4415 DeclarationNameInfo 4416 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4417 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4418 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4419 4420 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4421 4422 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4423 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4424 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4425 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4426 return NameInfo; 4427 4428 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4429 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4430 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4431 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4432 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4433 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4434 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4435 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4436 return NameInfo; 4437 4438 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4439 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4440 Name.Identifier)); 4441 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4442 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4443 return NameInfo; 4444 4445 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4446 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4447 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4448 if (Ty.isNull()) 4449 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4450 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4451 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4452 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4453 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4454 return NameInfo; 4455 } 4456 4457 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4458 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4459 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4460 if (Ty.isNull()) 4461 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4462 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4463 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4464 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4465 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4466 return NameInfo; 4467 } 4468 4469 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4470 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4471 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4472 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4473 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4474 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4475 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4476 4477 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4478 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4479 4480 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4481 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4482 // was qualified. 4483 4484 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4485 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4486 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4487 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4488 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4489 return NameInfo; 4490 } 4491 4492 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4493 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4494 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4495 if (Ty.isNull()) 4496 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4497 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4498 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4499 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4500 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4501 return NameInfo; 4502 } 4503 4504 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4505 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4506 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4507 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4508 } 4509 4510 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4511 4512 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4513 } 4514 4515 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4516 do { 4517 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4518 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4519 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4520 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4521 else 4522 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4523 } while (true); 4524 } 4525 4526 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4527 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4528 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4529 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4530 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4531 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4532 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4533 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4534 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4535 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4536 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4537 Params.clear(); 4538 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4539 return false; 4540 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4541 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4542 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4543 4544 // The parameter types are identical 4545 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4546 continue; 4547 4548 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4549 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4550 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4551 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4552 4553 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4554 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4555 Params.push_back(Idx); 4556 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4557 return false; 4558 } 4559 4560 return true; 4561 } 4562 4563 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4564 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4565 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4566 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4567 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4568 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4569 DeclarationName Name) { 4570 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4571 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4572 // - types which will become injected class names 4573 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4574 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4575 // few cases here. 4576 4577 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4578 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4579 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4580 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4581 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4582 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4583 // Grab the type from the parser. 4584 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4585 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4586 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4587 4588 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4589 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4590 // attached already. 4591 if (!TSI) 4592 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4593 4594 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4595 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4596 if (!TSI) return true; 4597 4598 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4599 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4600 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4601 break; 4602 } 4603 4604 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4605 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4606 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4607 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4608 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4609 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4610 break; 4611 } 4612 4613 default: 4614 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4615 break; 4616 } 4617 4618 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4619 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4620 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4621 4622 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4623 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4624 // pointer. 4625 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4626 continue; 4627 4628 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4629 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4630 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4631 return true; 4632 } 4633 4634 return false; 4635 } 4636 4637 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4638 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4639 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4640 4641 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4642 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4643 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4644 4645 return Dcl; 4646 } 4647 4648 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4649 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4650 /// name different from T: 4651 /// - every static data member of class T; 4652 /// - every member function of class T 4653 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4654 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4655 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4656 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4657 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4658 4659 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4660 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4661 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4662 return true; 4663 } 4664 4665 return false; 4666 } 4667 4668 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4669 /// nested-name-specifier. 4670 /// 4671 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4672 /// 4673 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4674 /// resolves. 4675 /// 4676 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4677 /// 4678 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4679 /// 4680 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4681 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4682 DeclarationName Name, 4683 SourceLocation Loc) { 4684 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4685 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4686 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4687 4688 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4689 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4690 // 4691 // class X { 4692 // void X::f(); 4693 // }; 4694 // 4695 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4696 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4697 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4698 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4699 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4700 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4701 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4702 SS.clear(); 4703 } else { 4704 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4705 } 4706 return false; 4707 } 4708 4709 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4710 // declaration. 4711 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4712 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4713 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4714 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4715 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4716 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4717 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4718 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4719 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4720 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4721 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4722 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4723 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4724 else 4725 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4726 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4727 4728 return true; 4729 } 4730 4731 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4732 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4733 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4734 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4735 SS.clear(); 4736 4737 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4738 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4739 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4740 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4741 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4742 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4743 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4744 return true; 4745 4746 return false; 4747 } 4748 4749 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4750 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4751 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4752 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4753 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4754 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4755 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4756 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4757 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4758 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4759 4760 return false; 4761 } 4762 4763 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4764 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4765 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4766 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4767 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4768 4769 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4770 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4771 if (!Name) { 4772 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4773 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4774 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4775 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4776 return nullptr; 4777 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4778 return nullptr; 4779 4780 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4781 // we find one that is. 4782 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4783 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4784 S = S->getParent(); 4785 4786 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4787 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4788 D.setInvalidType(); 4789 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4790 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4791 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4792 return nullptr; 4793 4794 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4795 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4796 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4797 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4798 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4799 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4800 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4801 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4802 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4803 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4804 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4805 return nullptr; 4806 } 4807 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4808 4809 if (!IsDependentContext && 4810 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4811 return nullptr; 4812 4813 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 4814 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4815 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4816 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4817 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4818 return nullptr; 4819 } 4820 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4821 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4822 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4823 if (DC->isRecord()) 4824 return nullptr; 4825 4826 D.setInvalidType(); 4827 } 4828 } 4829 4830 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4831 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4832 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4833 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4834 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4835 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4836 D.setInvalidType(); 4837 } 4838 } 4839 4840 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4841 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4842 4843 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4844 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4845 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 4846 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 4847 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4848 return nullptr; 4849 4850 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4851 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4852 D.setInvalidType(); 4853 4854 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4855 ForRedeclaration); 4856 4857 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4858 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4859 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4860 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4861 4862 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4863 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4864 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4865 // 4866 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4867 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4868 // the same name. 4869 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4870 /* Do nothing*/; 4871 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4872 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4873 R->isFunctionType())) { 4874 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4875 CreateBuiltins = 4876 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4877 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4878 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4879 CreateBuiltins = true; 4880 4881 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4882 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4883 4884 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4885 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4886 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4887 4888 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4889 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4890 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4891 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4892 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4893 // thereof; [...] 4894 // 4895 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4896 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4897 // we want to match. For example, given: 4898 // 4899 // class X { 4900 // void f(); 4901 // void f(float); 4902 // }; 4903 // 4904 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4905 // 4906 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4907 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4908 // matches. 4909 4910 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4911 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4912 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4913 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4914 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4915 } 4916 4917 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4918 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4919 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4920 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4921 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4922 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4923 4924 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4925 Previous.clear(); 4926 } 4927 4928 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4929 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4930 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4931 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4932 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4933 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4934 Previous.clear(); 4935 4936 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4937 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4938 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4939 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4940 4941 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 4942 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 4943 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 4944 // template, declared in namespace scope 4945 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4946 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 4947 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 4948 return nullptr; 4949 } 4950 4951 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 4952 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4953 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 4954 return nullptr; 4955 } 4956 } 4957 4958 NamedDecl *New; 4959 4960 bool AddToScope = true; 4961 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4962 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4963 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4964 return nullptr; 4965 } 4966 4967 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4968 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4969 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4970 TemplateParamLists, 4971 AddToScope); 4972 } else { 4973 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4974 AddToScope); 4975 } 4976 4977 if (!New) 4978 return nullptr; 4979 4980 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4981 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4982 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4983 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4984 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4985 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4986 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4987 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4988 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4989 if (!AddToContext) 4990 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4991 } 4992 4993 return New; 4994 } 4995 4996 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4997 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4998 /// GCC compatibility). 4999 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5000 ASTContext &Context, 5001 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5002 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5003 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5004 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5005 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5006 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5007 SizeIsNegative = false; 5008 Oversized = 0; 5009 5010 if (T->isDependentType()) 5011 return QualType(); 5012 5013 QualifierCollector Qs; 5014 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5015 5016 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5017 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5018 QualType FixedType = 5019 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5020 Oversized); 5021 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5022 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5023 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5024 } 5025 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5026 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5027 QualType FixedType = 5028 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5029 Oversized); 5030 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5031 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5032 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5033 } 5034 5035 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5036 if (!VLATy) 5037 return QualType(); 5038 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5039 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5040 return QualType(); 5041 5042 llvm::APSInt Res; 5043 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5044 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5045 return QualType(); 5046 5047 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5048 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5049 SizeIsNegative = true; 5050 return QualType(); 5051 } 5052 5053 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5054 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5055 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5056 Res); 5057 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5058 Oversized = Res; 5059 return QualType(); 5060 } 5061 5062 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5063 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5064 } 5065 5066 static void 5067 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5068 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5069 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5070 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5071 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5072 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5073 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5074 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5075 return; 5076 } 5077 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5078 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5079 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5080 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5081 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5082 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5083 return; 5084 } 5085 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5086 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5087 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5088 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5089 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5090 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5091 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5092 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5093 } 5094 5095 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5096 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5097 /// GCC compatibility). 5098 static TypeSourceInfo* 5099 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5100 ASTContext &Context, 5101 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5102 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5103 QualType FixedTy 5104 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5105 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5106 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5107 return nullptr; 5108 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5109 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5110 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5111 return FixedTInfo; 5112 } 5113 5114 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5115 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5116 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5117 /// function-scope declarations. 5118 void 5119 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5120 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5121 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5122 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5123 return; 5124 5125 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5126 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5127 } 5128 5129 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5130 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5131 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5132 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5133 } 5134 5135 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5136 /// does not identify a function. 5137 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5138 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5139 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 5140 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 5141 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 5142 diag::err_inline_non_function); 5143 5144 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5145 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5146 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5147 5148 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5149 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5150 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5151 5152 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5153 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5154 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5155 } 5156 5157 NamedDecl* 5158 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5159 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5160 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5161 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5162 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5163 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5164 D.setInvalidType(); 5165 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5166 DC = CurContext; 5167 Previous.clear(); 5168 } 5169 5170 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5171 5172 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5173 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5174 << 1; 5175 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5176 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5177 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5178 5179 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5180 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5181 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5182 return nullptr; 5183 } 5184 5185 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5186 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5187 5188 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5189 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5190 5191 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5192 5193 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5194 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5195 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5196 return ND; 5197 } 5198 5199 void 5200 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5201 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5202 // then it shall have block scope. 5203 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5204 // that redeclarations will match. 5205 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5206 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5207 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5208 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5209 5210 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5211 bool SizeIsNegative; 5212 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5213 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5214 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5215 SizeIsNegative, 5216 Oversized); 5217 if (FixedTInfo) { 5218 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5219 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5220 } else { 5221 if (SizeIsNegative) 5222 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5223 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5224 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5225 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5226 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5227 << Oversized.toString(10); 5228 else 5229 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5230 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5231 } 5232 } 5233 } 5234 } 5235 5236 5237 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5238 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5239 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5240 NamedDecl* 5241 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5242 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5243 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5244 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5245 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5246 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5247 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5248 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5249 Redeclaration = true; 5250 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5251 } 5252 5253 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5254 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5255 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5256 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5257 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5258 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5259 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5260 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5261 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5262 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5263 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5264 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5265 } 5266 5267 return NewTD; 5268 } 5269 5270 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5271 /// previous declaration. 5272 /// 5273 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5274 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5275 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5276 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5277 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5278 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5279 /// 5280 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5281 /// lookup 5282 /// 5283 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5284 /// declared. 5285 /// 5286 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5287 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5288 static bool 5289 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5290 ASTContext &Context) { 5291 if (!PrevDecl) 5292 return false; 5293 5294 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5295 return false; 5296 5297 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5298 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5299 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5300 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5301 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5302 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5303 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5304 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5305 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5306 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5307 return false; 5308 5309 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5310 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5311 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5312 return false; 5313 5314 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5315 // previous declarations. 5316 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5317 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5318 5319 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5320 // isn't the same function. 5321 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5322 return false; 5323 } 5324 5325 return true; 5326 } 5327 5328 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5329 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5330 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5331 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5332 } 5333 5334 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5335 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5336 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5337 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5338 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5339 unsigned kind = -1U; 5340 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5341 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5342 kind = 0; // __block 5343 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5344 kind = 1; // global 5345 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5346 kind = 3; // ivar 5347 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5348 kind = 2; // field 5349 } 5350 5351 if (kind != -1U) { 5352 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5353 << kind; 5354 } 5355 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5356 // Try to infer lifetime. 5357 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5358 return false; 5359 5360 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5361 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5362 decl->setType(type); 5363 } 5364 5365 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5366 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5367 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5368 var->getTLSKind()) { 5369 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5370 << var->getType(); 5371 return true; 5372 } 5373 } 5374 5375 return false; 5376 } 5377 5378 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5379 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5380 // the wrong linkage. 5381 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5382 5383 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5384 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5385 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5386 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5387 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5388 } 5389 } 5390 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5391 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5392 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5393 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5394 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5395 } 5396 } 5397 5398 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5399 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5400 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5401 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5402 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5403 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD; 5404 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5405 } 5406 } 5407 } 5408 5409 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5410 // It does not apply to functions. 5411 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5412 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5413 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5414 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5415 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5416 } 5417 } 5418 5419 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5420 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5421 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5422 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5423 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5424 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5425 << &ND << Attr; 5426 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5427 } 5428 } 5429 5430 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5431 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5432 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5433 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5434 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5435 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5436 << Attr; 5437 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5438 } 5439 } 5440 5441 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5442 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5443 bool IsSpecialization) { 5444 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5445 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5446 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5447 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5448 5449 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5450 return; 5451 5452 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5453 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5454 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5455 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5456 5457 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5458 // inherited attribute instances. 5459 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5460 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5461 5462 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5463 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5464 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5465 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5466 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5467 5468 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5469 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5470 bool JustWarn = false; 5471 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5472 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5473 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5474 JustWarn = true; 5475 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5476 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5477 JustWarn = true; 5478 } 5479 5480 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5481 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5482 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5483 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5484 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5485 JustWarn = false; 5486 5487 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5488 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5489 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5490 << NewDecl 5491 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5492 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5493 if (!JustWarn) { 5494 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5495 return; 5496 } 5497 } 5498 5499 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5500 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5501 // and qualified friend declarations. 5502 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5503 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5504 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5505 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5506 // separately. 5507 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5508 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5509 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5510 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5511 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5512 } 5513 5514 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5515 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5516 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5517 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5518 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5519 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5520 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5521 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5522 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5523 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5524 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5525 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5526 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5527 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5528 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5529 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5530 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5531 } 5532 } 5533 5534 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5535 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5536 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5537 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5538 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5539 5540 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5541 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5542 5543 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5544 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5545 return false; 5546 5547 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5548 5549 #ifndef NDEBUG 5550 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5551 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5552 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5553 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5554 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5555 #endif 5556 5557 bool isC99Inline = 5558 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5559 5560 #ifndef NDEBUG 5561 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5562 #endif 5563 5564 return isC99Inline; 5565 } 5566 5567 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5568 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5569 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5570 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5571 /// 5572 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5573 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5574 /// 5575 /// For instance: 5576 /// 5577 /// auto x = []{}; 5578 /// 5579 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5580 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5581 /// 5582 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5583 template<typename T> 5584 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5585 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5586 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5587 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5588 return false; 5589 5590 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes if overloading is enabled. 5591 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && S.getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads && 5592 (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5593 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5594 return false; 5595 } 5596 return D->isExternC(); 5597 } 5598 5599 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5600 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5601 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5602 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5603 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5604 return true; 5605 if (DC->isRecord()) 5606 return false; 5607 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5608 } 5609 5610 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5611 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5612 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5613 return true; 5614 if (DC->isRecord()) 5615 return false; 5616 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5617 } 5618 5619 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5620 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5621 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5622 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5623 return true; 5624 return false; 5625 } 5626 5627 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5628 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5629 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5630 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5631 return true; 5632 5633 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5634 // position to the decl itself. 5635 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5636 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5637 return true; 5638 } 5639 5640 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5641 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5642 } 5643 5644 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5645 /// function-local external declaration. 5646 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5647 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5648 return false; 5649 5650 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5651 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5652 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5653 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5654 return true; 5655 5656 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5657 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5658 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5659 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5660 // 5661 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5662 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5663 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5664 DC = DC->getParent(); 5665 return true; 5666 } 5667 5668 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5669 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5670 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5671 return FD->isExternC(); 5672 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5673 return VD->isExternC(); 5674 5675 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5676 } 5677 5678 NamedDecl * 5679 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5680 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5681 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5682 bool &AddToScope) { 5683 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5684 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5685 5686 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5687 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5688 5689 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5690 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5691 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5692 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5693 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5694 SC = SC_Extern; 5695 5696 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5697 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5698 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5699 5700 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5701 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5702 QualType NR = R; 5703 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5704 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5705 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5706 D.setInvalidType(); 5707 break; 5708 } 5709 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5710 } 5711 5712 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5713 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5714 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5715 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5716 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5717 D.setInvalidType(); 5718 } 5719 } 5720 } 5721 5722 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5723 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5724 // an error here 5725 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5726 D.setInvalidType(); 5727 SC = SC_None; 5728 } 5729 5730 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5731 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5732 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5733 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5734 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5735 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5736 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5737 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 5738 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5739 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5740 } 5741 5742 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5743 if (!II) { 5744 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5745 << Name; 5746 return nullptr; 5747 } 5748 5749 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5750 5751 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5752 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5753 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5754 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5755 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5756 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5757 D.setInvalidType(); 5758 } 5759 } 5760 5761 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5762 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5763 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5764 // space qualifiers. 5765 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5766 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5767 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5768 } 5769 5770 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5771 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5772 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5773 // address space qualifiers. 5774 if (R->isEventT()) { 5775 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5776 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5777 D.setInvalidType(); 5778 } 5779 5780 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5781 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5782 D.setInvalidType(); 5783 } 5784 } 5785 } 5786 5787 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5788 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5789 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5790 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5791 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5792 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5793 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5794 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5795 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5796 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5797 R, TInfo, SC); 5798 5799 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5800 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5801 5802 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5803 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5804 } else { 5805 bool Invalid = false; 5806 5807 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5808 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5809 switch (SC) { 5810 case SC_None: 5811 break; 5812 case SC_Static: 5813 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5814 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5815 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5816 break; 5817 case SC_Auto: 5818 case SC_Register: 5819 case SC_Extern: 5820 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5821 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5822 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5823 // of class members 5824 5825 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5826 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5827 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5828 break; 5829 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5830 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5831 } 5832 } 5833 5834 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5835 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5836 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5837 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5838 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5839 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5840 5841 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5842 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5843 if (RD->isUnion()) 5844 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5845 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5846 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5847 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5848 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5849 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5850 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5851 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5852 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5853 } 5854 } 5855 5856 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5857 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5858 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5859 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5860 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5861 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5862 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5863 : nullptr, 5864 TemplateParamLists, 5865 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5866 5867 if (TemplateParams) { 5868 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5869 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5870 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5871 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5872 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5873 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5874 << II 5875 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5876 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5877 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5878 } else { 5879 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5880 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5881 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5882 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5883 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5884 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5885 // This is a template declaration. 5886 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5887 5888 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5889 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5890 return nullptr; 5891 5892 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5893 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5894 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5895 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5896 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5897 } 5898 } 5899 } else { 5900 assert( 5901 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 5902 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5903 } 5904 5905 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5906 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5907 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5908 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5909 : SourceLocation(); 5910 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5911 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5912 IsPartialSpecialization); 5913 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5914 return nullptr; 5915 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5916 AddToScope = false; 5917 } else 5918 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5919 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5920 5921 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5922 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5923 NewTemplate = 5924 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5925 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5926 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5927 } 5928 5929 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5930 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5931 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5932 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5933 5934 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5935 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5936 if (NewTemplate) 5937 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5938 } 5939 5940 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5941 5942 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5943 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5944 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5945 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5946 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5947 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 5948 5949 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5950 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5951 5952 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5953 NewVD->setConcept(true); 5954 5955 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 5956 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 5957 // specifiers, [...] 5958 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 5959 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5960 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 5961 << 0 << 0; 5962 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5963 } 5964 5965 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 5966 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 5967 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 5968 << 0 << 3; 5969 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5970 } 5971 } 5972 } 5973 5974 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5975 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5976 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5977 if (NewTemplate) 5978 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5979 5980 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5981 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5982 5983 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 5984 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5985 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5986 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5987 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5988 // explicitly. 5989 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5990 // 'extern'. 5991 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 5992 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 5993 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 5994 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 5995 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5996 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5997 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5998 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 5999 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6000 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6001 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6002 // error should be ignored. 6003 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6004 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6005 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6006 // to emit any code for it. 6007 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6008 } else 6009 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6010 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6011 } else 6012 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6013 } 6014 6015 // C99 6.7.4p3 6016 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6017 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6018 // thread storage duration... 6019 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6020 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6021 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6022 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6023 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6024 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6025 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6026 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6027 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6028 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6029 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6030 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6031 } 6032 } 6033 6034 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6035 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6036 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6037 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6038 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6039 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6040 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 6041 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6042 << 2 6043 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6044 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6045 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6046 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6047 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6048 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6049 else { 6050 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6051 if (NewTemplate) 6052 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6053 } 6054 } 6055 6056 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6057 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6058 6059 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6060 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6061 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6062 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6063 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6064 // storage [duration]." 6065 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6066 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6067 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6068 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6069 } 6070 } 6071 6072 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6073 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6074 // check the VarDecl itself. 6075 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6076 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6077 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6078 6079 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6080 // retainable type. 6081 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6082 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6083 6084 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6085 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6086 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6087 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6088 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6089 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6090 switch (SC) { 6091 case SC_None: 6092 case SC_Auto: 6093 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6094 break; 6095 case SC_Register: 6096 // Local Named register 6097 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6098 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6099 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6100 break; 6101 case SC_Static: 6102 case SC_Extern: 6103 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6104 break; 6105 } 6106 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6107 // Global Named register 6108 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6109 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6110 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6111 6112 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6113 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6114 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6115 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6116 HasSizeMismatch)) 6117 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6118 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6119 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6120 } 6121 6122 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6123 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6124 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6125 } 6126 } 6127 6128 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6129 Context, Label, 0)); 6130 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6131 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6132 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6133 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6134 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6135 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6136 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6137 } else 6138 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6139 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6140 } 6141 } 6142 6143 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6144 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6145 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6146 6147 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6148 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6149 // declaration has linkage). 6150 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6151 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6152 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6153 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6154 6155 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6156 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6157 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6158 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6159 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6160 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6161 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6162 6163 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6164 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6165 } else { 6166 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6167 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6168 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6169 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6170 6171 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6172 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6173 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6174 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6175 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6176 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6177 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6178 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6179 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6180 Previous.clear(); 6181 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6182 } 6183 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6184 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6185 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6186 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6187 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6188 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6189 } 6190 6191 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6192 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6193 6194 if (NewTemplate) { 6195 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6196 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6197 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6198 : nullptr; 6199 6200 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6201 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6202 // template declaration. 6203 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6204 TemplateParams, 6205 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6206 : nullptr, 6207 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6208 DC->isDependentContext()) 6209 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6210 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6211 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6212 6213 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6214 // template, make a note of that. 6215 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6216 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6217 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6218 } 6219 } 6220 6221 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6222 6223 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6224 // the map of such variables. 6225 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6226 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6227 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6228 6229 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6230 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6231 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6232 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6233 Context.setManglingNumber( 6234 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6235 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6236 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6237 } 6238 } 6239 6240 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6241 if (Name.isIdentifier() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6242 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6243 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6244 6245 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6246 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6247 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6248 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6249 6250 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6251 // behavior. 6252 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6253 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6254 } 6255 6256 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6257 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6258 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6259 IsExplicitSpecialization); 6260 } 6261 6262 if (NewTemplate) { 6263 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6264 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6265 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6266 return NewTemplate; 6267 } 6268 6269 return NewVD; 6270 } 6271 6272 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6273 /// -Wshadow. 6274 /// 6275 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6276 /// scope. 6277 /// 6278 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6279 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6280 /// 6281 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6282 // Return if warning is ignored. 6283 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6284 return; 6285 6286 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6287 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6288 return; 6289 6290 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6291 6292 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6293 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6294 return; 6295 6296 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6297 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6298 return; 6299 6300 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6301 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6302 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6303 if (MD->isStatic()) 6304 return; 6305 6306 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6307 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6308 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6309 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6310 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6311 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6312 ShadowedDecl = I; 6313 break; 6314 } 6315 } 6316 6317 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6318 6319 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6320 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6321 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6322 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6323 return; 6324 6325 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6326 // static data members from base classes? 6327 6328 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6329 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6330 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6331 } 6332 6333 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6334 unsigned Kind; 6335 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 6336 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6337 Kind = 3; // field 6338 else 6339 Kind = 2; // static data member 6340 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 6341 Kind = 1; // global 6342 else 6343 Kind = 0; // local 6344 6345 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6346 6347 // Emit warning and note. 6348 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6349 return; 6350 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6351 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6352 } 6353 6354 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6355 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6356 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6357 return; 6358 6359 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6360 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6361 LookupName(R, S); 6362 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6363 } 6364 6365 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6366 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6367 template<typename T> 6368 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6369 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6370 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6371 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6372 6373 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6374 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6375 // declaration. 6376 return false; 6377 } 6378 6379 if (Prev) { 6380 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6381 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6382 // redeclaration. 6383 Previous.clear(); 6384 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6385 return true; 6386 } 6387 6388 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6389 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6390 // declaration. 6391 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6392 return false; 6393 } else { 6394 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6395 // translation unit which might conflict. 6396 if (IsGlobal) { 6397 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6398 IsGlobal = false; 6399 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6400 I != E; ++I) { 6401 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6402 Prev = *I; 6403 break; 6404 } 6405 } 6406 } else { 6407 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6408 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6409 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6410 I != E; ++I) { 6411 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6412 Prev = *I; 6413 break; 6414 } 6415 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6416 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6417 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6418 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6419 // diagnostic. 6420 } 6421 } 6422 6423 if (!Prev) 6424 return false; 6425 } 6426 6427 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6428 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6429 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6430 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6431 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6432 else 6433 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6434 6435 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6436 << IsGlobal << ND; 6437 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6438 << IsGlobal; 6439 return false; 6440 } 6441 6442 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6443 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6444 /// 6445 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6446 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6447 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6448 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6449 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6450 template<typename T> 6451 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6452 LookupResult &Previous) { 6453 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6454 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6455 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6456 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6457 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6458 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6459 Previous.clear(); 6460 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6461 return true; 6462 } 6463 } 6464 return false; 6465 } 6466 6467 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6468 // declaration. 6469 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6470 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6471 6472 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6473 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6474 // in another scope. 6475 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6476 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6477 6478 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6479 return false; 6480 } 6481 6482 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6483 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6484 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6485 return; 6486 6487 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6488 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6489 6490 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6491 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6492 return; 6493 6494 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6495 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6496 6497 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6498 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6499 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6500 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6501 NewVD->setType(T); 6502 } 6503 6504 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6505 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6506 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6507 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6508 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 6509 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6510 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6511 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6512 return; 6513 } 6514 6515 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6516 // scope. 6517 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 6518 !getOpenCLOptions().cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers && 6519 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6520 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6521 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6522 return; 6523 } 6524 6525 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6526 // __constant address space. 6527 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6528 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6529 // address space. 6530 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6531 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) { 6532 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 6533 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6534 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6535 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6536 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6537 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6538 << "global or constant"; 6539 else 6540 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6541 << "constant"; 6542 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6543 return; 6544 } 6545 } else { 6546 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6547 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6548 // address space. 6549 if (NewVD->isStaticLocal() && 6550 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6551 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6552 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6553 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6554 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6555 << "global or constant"; 6556 else 6557 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6558 << "constant"; 6559 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6560 return; 6561 } 6562 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 6563 // in functions. 6564 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6565 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 6566 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6567 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6568 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 6569 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_non_kernel_variable) 6570 << "constant"; 6571 else 6572 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_non_kernel_variable) 6573 << "local"; 6574 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6575 return; 6576 } 6577 } 6578 } 6579 } 6580 6581 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6582 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6583 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6584 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6585 else { 6586 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6587 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6588 } 6589 } 6590 6591 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6592 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6593 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6594 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6595 6596 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6597 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6598 bool SizeIsNegative; 6599 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6600 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6601 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6602 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6603 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6604 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6605 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6606 // int a[10][n]; 6607 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6608 6609 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6610 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6611 << SizeRange; 6612 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6613 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6614 << SizeRange; 6615 else 6616 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6617 << SizeRange; 6618 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6619 return; 6620 } 6621 6622 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6623 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6624 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6625 else 6626 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6627 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6628 return; 6629 } 6630 6631 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6632 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6633 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6634 } 6635 6636 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6637 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6638 // of objects and functions. 6639 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6640 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6641 << T; 6642 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6643 return; 6644 } 6645 } 6646 6647 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6648 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6649 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6650 return; 6651 } 6652 6653 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6654 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6655 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6656 return; 6657 } 6658 6659 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6660 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6661 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6662 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6663 return; 6664 } 6665 } 6666 6667 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6668 /// declaration. 6669 /// 6670 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6671 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6672 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6673 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6674 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6675 /// 6676 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6677 /// 6678 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6679 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6680 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6681 6682 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6683 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6684 return false; 6685 6686 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6687 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6688 if (Previous.empty() && 6689 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6690 Previous.setShadowed(); 6691 6692 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6693 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6694 return true; 6695 } 6696 return false; 6697 } 6698 6699 namespace { 6700 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 6701 Sema *S; 6702 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6703 6704 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6705 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6706 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6707 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 6708 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 6709 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6710 6711 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 6712 6713 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6714 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6715 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6716 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6717 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6718 6719 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6720 } 6721 6722 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 6723 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6724 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6725 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6726 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 6727 return true; 6728 } 6729 } 6730 6731 return false; 6732 } 6733 }; 6734 6735 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6736 } // end anonymous namespace 6737 6738 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6739 /// overriden methods. 6740 /// 6741 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6742 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6743 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6744 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6745 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6746 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6747 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6748 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6749 I != E; ++I) { 6750 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6751 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6752 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6753 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6754 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6755 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6756 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6757 } 6758 } 6759 6760 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6761 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6762 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6763 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6764 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6765 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 6766 FOM.Method = MD; 6767 FOM.S = this; 6768 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6769 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6770 bool AddedAny = false; 6771 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 6772 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6773 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6774 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6775 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6776 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6777 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6778 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6779 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6780 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6781 AddedAny = true; 6782 } 6783 } 6784 } 6785 } 6786 6787 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6788 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6789 } 6790 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6791 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6792 } 6793 6794 return AddedAny; 6795 } 6796 6797 namespace { 6798 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6799 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6800 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6801 Scope *S; 6802 Declarator &D; 6803 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6804 bool AddToScope; 6805 }; 6806 } 6807 6808 namespace { 6809 6810 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6811 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6812 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6813 public: 6814 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6815 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6816 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6817 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6818 6819 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6820 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6821 return false; 6822 6823 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6824 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6825 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6826 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6827 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6828 6829 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6830 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6831 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6832 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6833 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6834 return true; 6835 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6836 return true; 6837 } 6838 } 6839 } 6840 6841 return false; 6842 } 6843 6844 private: 6845 ASTContext &Context; 6846 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6847 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6848 }; 6849 6850 } 6851 6852 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6853 /// 6854 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6855 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6856 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6857 /// the same name. 6858 /// 6859 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6860 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6861 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6862 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6863 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6864 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6865 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6866 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6867 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6868 TypoCorrection Correction; 6869 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6870 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6871 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6872 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6873 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6874 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6875 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6876 6877 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6878 if (IsLocalFriend) 6879 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6880 else 6881 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6882 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6883 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6884 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6885 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6886 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6887 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6888 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6889 if (FD && 6890 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6891 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6892 // involve a parameter 6893 unsigned ParamNum = 6894 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6895 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6896 } 6897 } 6898 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6899 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6900 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6901 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6902 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 6903 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 6904 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6905 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6906 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6907 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6908 Previous.clear(); 6909 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6910 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6911 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6912 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6913 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6914 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6915 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6916 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6917 } 6918 } 6919 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6920 6921 NamedDecl *Result; 6922 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6923 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6924 { 6925 // Trap errors. 6926 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6927 6928 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6929 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6930 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6931 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6932 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6933 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6934 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6935 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6936 6937 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6938 Result = nullptr; 6939 } 6940 6941 if (Result) { 6942 // Determine which correction we picked. 6943 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6944 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6945 I != E; ++I) 6946 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6947 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6948 6949 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6950 Correction, 6951 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6952 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6953 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6954 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6955 return Result; 6956 } 6957 6958 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6959 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6960 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6961 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6962 Previous.clear(); 6963 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6964 } 6965 6966 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6967 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6968 6969 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6970 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6971 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6972 6973 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6974 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6975 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6976 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6977 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6978 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6979 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6980 6981 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6982 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6983 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6984 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6985 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6986 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6987 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6988 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6989 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6990 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6991 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6992 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6993 } else 6994 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6995 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6996 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6997 } 6998 return nullptr; 6999 } 7000 7001 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7002 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7003 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7004 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7005 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7006 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7007 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7008 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7009 D.setInvalidType(); 7010 break; 7011 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7012 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7013 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7014 return SC_None; 7015 return SC_Extern; 7016 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7017 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7018 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7019 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7020 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7021 // other than extern 7022 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7023 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7024 diag::err_static_block_func); 7025 break; 7026 } else 7027 return SC_Static; 7028 } 7029 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7030 } 7031 7032 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7033 return SC_None; 7034 } 7035 7036 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7037 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7038 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7039 StorageClass SC, 7040 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7041 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7042 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7043 7044 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7045 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7046 7047 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7048 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7049 // prototype. This true when: 7050 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7051 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 7052 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 7053 bool HasPrototype = 7054 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7055 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7056 7057 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7058 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7059 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7060 HasPrototype, false); 7061 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7062 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7063 7064 return NewFD; 7065 } 7066 7067 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7068 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7069 7070 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7071 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7072 // the class has been completely parsed. 7073 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7074 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7075 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7076 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7077 D.setInvalidType(); 7078 7079 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7080 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7081 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7082 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7083 7084 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7085 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7086 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7087 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7088 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7089 isConstexpr); 7090 7091 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7092 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7093 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7094 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7095 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7096 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7097 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7098 D.getLocStart(), 7099 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7100 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7101 7102 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7103 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7104 // it yet. 7105 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7106 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7107 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7108 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7109 } 7110 7111 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7112 return NewDD; 7113 7114 } else { 7115 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7116 D.setInvalidType(); 7117 7118 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7119 // code path. 7120 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7121 D.getLocStart(), 7122 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7123 SC, isInline, 7124 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7125 } 7126 7127 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7128 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7129 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7130 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7131 return nullptr; 7132 } 7133 7134 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7135 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7136 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7137 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7138 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7139 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7140 7141 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7142 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7143 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7144 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7145 // constructor if it has no return type). 7146 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7147 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7148 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7149 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7150 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7151 return nullptr; 7152 } 7153 7154 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7155 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7156 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7157 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7158 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7159 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7160 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7161 return Ret; 7162 } else { 7163 bool isFriend = 7164 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7165 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7166 return nullptr; 7167 7168 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7169 // prototype. This true when: 7170 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7171 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7172 D.getLocStart(), 7173 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7174 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7175 } 7176 } 7177 7178 enum OpenCLParamType { 7179 ValidKernelParam, 7180 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7181 PtrKernelParam, 7182 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 7183 InvalidKernelParam, 7184 RecordKernelParam 7185 }; 7186 7187 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 7188 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7189 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7190 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7191 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7192 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7193 : PtrKernelParam; 7194 } 7195 7196 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7197 // be used as builtin types. 7198 7199 if (PT->isImageType()) 7200 return PtrKernelParam; 7201 7202 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7203 return InvalidKernelParam; 7204 7205 if (PT->isEventT()) 7206 return InvalidKernelParam; 7207 7208 if (PT->isHalfType()) 7209 return InvalidKernelParam; 7210 7211 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7212 return RecordKernelParam; 7213 7214 return ValidKernelParam; 7215 } 7216 7217 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7218 Sema &S, 7219 Declarator &D, 7220 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7221 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7222 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7223 7224 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7225 // used again 7226 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7227 return; 7228 7229 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 7230 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7231 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7232 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7233 // pointer to a pointer type. 7234 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7235 D.setInvalidType(); 7236 return; 7237 7238 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7239 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7240 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7241 // pointer to the private address space. 7242 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7243 D.setInvalidType(); 7244 return; 7245 7246 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7247 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7248 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7249 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7250 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7251 7252 case InvalidKernelParam: 7253 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7254 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7255 // of event_t type. 7256 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7257 D.setInvalidType(); 7258 return; 7259 7260 case PtrKernelParam: 7261 case ValidKernelParam: 7262 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7263 return; 7264 7265 case RecordKernelParam: 7266 break; 7267 } 7268 7269 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7270 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7271 7272 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7273 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7274 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7275 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7276 7277 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7278 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7279 7280 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7281 7282 do { 7283 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7284 if (!Next) { 7285 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7286 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7287 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7288 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7289 7290 continue; 7291 } 7292 7293 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7294 // field itself) to the history stack. 7295 const RecordDecl *RD; 7296 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7297 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7298 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7299 } else { 7300 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7301 } 7302 7303 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7304 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7305 7306 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7307 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7308 7309 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7310 continue; 7311 7312 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 7313 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7314 continue; 7315 7316 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7317 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7318 continue; 7319 } 7320 7321 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7322 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7323 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7324 // union. 7325 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7326 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7327 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7328 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7329 << PT->isUnionType() 7330 << PT; 7331 } else { 7332 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7333 } 7334 7335 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7336 << PD->getDeclName(); 7337 7338 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7339 // the offending field came from 7340 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7341 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7342 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7343 I != E; ++I) { 7344 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7345 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7346 << OuterField->getType(); 7347 } 7348 7349 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7350 << QT->isPointerType() 7351 << QT; 7352 D.setInvalidType(); 7353 return; 7354 } 7355 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7356 } 7357 7358 NamedDecl* 7359 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7360 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7361 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7362 bool &AddToScope) { 7363 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7364 7365 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7366 7367 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7368 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7369 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7370 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7371 7372 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7373 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7374 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7375 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7376 7377 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7378 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7379 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7380 7381 bool isFriend = false; 7382 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7383 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7384 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7385 7386 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7387 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7388 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7389 7390 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7391 7392 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7393 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7394 7395 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7396 isVirtualOkay); 7397 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7398 7399 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7400 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7401 7402 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7403 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7404 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7405 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7406 7407 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7408 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7409 7410 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7411 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7412 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7413 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7414 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7415 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7416 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7417 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7418 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7419 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7420 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7421 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7422 } 7423 7424 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7425 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7426 // return true). 7427 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7428 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7429 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7430 NewFD->setPure(true); 7431 7432 // C++ [class.union]p2 7433 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7434 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7435 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7436 } 7437 7438 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7439 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7440 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7441 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7442 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7443 7444 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7445 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7446 bool Invalid = false; 7447 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7448 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7449 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7450 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7451 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7452 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7453 : nullptr, 7454 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7455 Invalid)) { 7456 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7457 // This is a function template 7458 7459 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7460 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7461 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7462 7463 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7464 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7465 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7466 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7467 } 7468 7469 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7470 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7471 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7472 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7473 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7474 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7475 Invalid = true; 7476 } 7477 7478 7479 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7480 NewFD->getLocation(), 7481 Name, TemplateParams, 7482 NewFD); 7483 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7484 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7485 7486 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7487 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7488 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7489 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 7490 } 7491 } else { 7492 // This is a function template specialization. 7493 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7494 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7495 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7496 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7497 7498 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7499 if (isFriend) { 7500 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7501 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7502 7503 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7504 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7505 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7506 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7507 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7508 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7509 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7510 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7511 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7512 } 7513 7514 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7515 << Name << RemoveRange 7516 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7517 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7518 } 7519 } 7520 } 7521 else { 7522 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7523 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7524 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7525 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7526 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7527 } 7528 7529 if (Invalid) { 7530 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7531 if (FunctionTemplate) 7532 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7533 } 7534 7535 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7536 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7537 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7538 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7539 // 7540 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7541 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7542 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7543 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7544 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7545 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7546 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7547 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7548 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7549 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7550 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7551 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7552 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7553 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7554 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7555 } else { 7556 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7557 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7558 } 7559 7560 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7561 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7562 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7563 } 7564 7565 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7566 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7567 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7568 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7569 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7570 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7571 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7572 // thing to do. 7573 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7574 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7575 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7576 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7577 QualType Result = 7578 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7579 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7580 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7581 } 7582 7583 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7584 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7585 // declaration. 7586 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7587 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7588 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7589 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7590 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7591 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7592 } 7593 } 7594 7595 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7596 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7597 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7598 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7599 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7600 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7601 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7602 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7603 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7604 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7605 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7606 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7607 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7608 // or conversion function. 7609 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7610 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7611 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7612 } 7613 } 7614 7615 if (isConstexpr) { 7616 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7617 // are implicitly inline. 7618 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7619 7620 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7621 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7622 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7623 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7624 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7625 } 7626 7627 if (isConcept) { 7628 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7629 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 7630 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7631 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7632 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 7633 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7634 } 7635 7636 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 7637 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 7638 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 7639 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7640 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 7641 SourceRange Range; 7642 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 7643 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 7644 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 7645 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 7646 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7647 } else { 7648 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 7649 } 7650 7651 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 7652 // following restrictions: 7653 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 7654 // parameter list. 7655 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 7656 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 7657 } 7658 7659 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 7660 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 7661 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7662 7663 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 7664 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 7665 // specifiers, [...] 7666 if (isInline) { 7667 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7668 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7669 << 1 << 1; 7670 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7671 } 7672 7673 if (isFriend) { 7674 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 7675 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7676 << 1 << 2; 7677 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7678 } 7679 7680 if (isConstexpr) { 7681 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 7682 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7683 << 1 << 3; 7684 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7685 } 7686 } 7687 7688 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7689 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7690 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7691 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7692 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7693 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7694 << 0 7695 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7696 } else { 7697 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7698 if (FunctionTemplate) 7699 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7700 } 7701 } 7702 7703 if (isFriend) { 7704 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7705 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7706 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7707 } 7708 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7709 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7710 } 7711 7712 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7713 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7714 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7715 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7716 case FDK_Declaration: 7717 case FDK_Definition: 7718 break; 7719 7720 case FDK_Defaulted: 7721 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7722 break; 7723 7724 case FDK_Deleted: 7725 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7726 break; 7727 } 7728 7729 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7730 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7731 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7732 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7733 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7734 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7735 } 7736 7737 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7738 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7739 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7740 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7741 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7742 // the class. 7743 7744 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7745 // member function definition. 7746 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7747 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7748 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7749 } 7750 7751 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7752 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7753 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7754 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7755 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7756 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7757 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7758 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7759 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7760 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7761 } 7762 7763 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7764 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7765 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7766 isExplicitSpecialization || 7767 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7768 7769 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7770 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7771 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7772 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7773 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7774 SE->getString(), 0)); 7775 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7776 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7777 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7778 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7779 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 7780 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7781 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7782 } else 7783 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 7784 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 7785 } 7786 } 7787 7788 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7789 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7790 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7791 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7792 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7793 7794 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7795 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7796 // single void argument. 7797 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7798 // already checks for that case. 7799 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7800 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7801 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7802 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7803 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7804 Params.push_back(Param); 7805 7806 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7807 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7808 } 7809 } 7810 7811 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7812 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7813 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7814 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7815 // 7816 // @code 7817 // typedef void fn(int); 7818 // fn f; 7819 // @endcode 7820 7821 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7822 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7823 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7824 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7825 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7826 Params.push_back(Param); 7827 } 7828 } else { 7829 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7830 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7831 } 7832 7833 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7834 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7835 7836 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7837 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7838 // 7839 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7840 // 7841 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7842 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7843 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7844 7845 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7846 NewFD->addAttr( 7847 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7848 Context, 0)); 7849 7850 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7851 // because all functions have linkage. 7852 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7853 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7854 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7855 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7856 } 7857 7858 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 7859 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7860 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7861 NewFD->addAttr( 7862 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7863 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7864 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7865 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7866 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 7867 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 7868 NewFD)) 7869 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7870 } 7871 7872 // Handle attributes. 7873 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7874 7875 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7876 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7877 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7878 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 7879 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7880 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7881 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7882 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7883 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7884 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7885 } 7886 } 7887 7888 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7889 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7890 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7891 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7892 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7893 7894 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7895 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7896 7897 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7898 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7899 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7900 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7901 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7902 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7903 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7904 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7905 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7906 7907 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 7908 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 7909 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 7910 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7911 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7912 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 7913 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 7914 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 7915 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 7916 int DiagID = 7917 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 7918 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 7919 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 7920 } 7921 } 7922 } else { 7923 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7924 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7925 // 7926 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7927 // 7928 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7929 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7930 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7931 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7932 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7933 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7934 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7935 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7936 7937 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7938 // argument list into our AST format. 7939 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7940 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7941 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7942 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7943 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7944 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7945 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7946 TemplateArgs); 7947 7948 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7949 7950 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7951 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7952 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7953 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7954 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7955 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7956 7957 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7958 } else { 7959 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7960 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7961 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7962 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7963 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7964 } 7965 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7966 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7967 // wrote something like: 7968 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7969 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7970 // friend void foo<>(int); 7971 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7972 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7973 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7974 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7975 } 7976 7977 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7978 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7979 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7980 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7981 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7982 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7983 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7984 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7985 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7986 InstantiationDependent))) { 7987 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7988 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7989 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7990 Previous)) 7991 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7992 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7993 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7994 && !isFriend) { 7995 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7996 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7997 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7998 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7999 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8000 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8001 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8002 : nullptr), 8003 Previous)) 8004 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8005 8006 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8007 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8008 // specialization (14.7.3) 8009 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8010 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8011 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8012 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8013 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8014 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8015 << SC 8016 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8017 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8018 8019 else 8020 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8021 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8022 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8023 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8024 } 8025 8026 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8027 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8028 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8029 } 8030 8031 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8032 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8033 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8034 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8035 8036 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8037 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8038 8039 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8040 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8041 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8042 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8043 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8044 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8045 } 8046 8047 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8048 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8049 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8050 8051 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8052 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8053 : NewFD); 8054 8055 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 8056 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8057 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8058 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8059 8060 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8061 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8062 } 8063 8064 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8065 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8066 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8067 8068 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8069 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8070 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8071 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8072 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8073 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8074 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8075 : nullptr, 8076 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8077 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8078 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8079 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8080 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8081 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8082 DC->isDependentContext()) 8083 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8084 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8085 } 8086 8087 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8088 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8089 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8090 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8091 AddToScope }; 8092 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8093 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8094 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8095 8096 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8097 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8098 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8099 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8100 8101 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8102 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8103 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8104 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8105 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8106 // can actually do this check immediately. 8107 if (isFriend && 8108 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8109 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8110 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8111 // ignore these 8112 } else { 8113 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8114 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8115 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8116 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8117 // 8118 // class X { 8119 // void f() const; 8120 // }; 8121 // 8122 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8123 // 8124 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8125 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8126 // whether the parameter types are references). 8127 8128 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8129 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8130 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8131 return Result; 8132 } 8133 } 8134 8135 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8136 // to something. 8137 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8138 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8139 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8140 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8141 return Result; 8142 } 8143 } 8144 8145 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8146 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8147 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8148 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 8149 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8150 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8151 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8152 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8153 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8154 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8155 // generate them. 8156 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8157 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8158 } 8159 } 8160 8161 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8162 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8163 8164 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8165 8166 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8167 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8168 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8169 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8170 << NewFD; 8171 8172 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8173 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8174 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8175 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8176 EPI.Variadic = true; 8177 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8178 8179 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8180 NewFD->setType(R); 8181 } 8182 8183 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8184 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8185 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8186 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8187 8188 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8189 // marking the function. 8190 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8191 8192 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8193 // a pragma. 8194 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8195 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8196 8197 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8198 // the map of such variables. 8199 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8200 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8201 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8202 8203 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8204 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8205 8206 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8207 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8208 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8209 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8210 } 8211 8212 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8213 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8214 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8215 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8216 return FunctionTemplate; 8217 } 8218 } 8219 8220 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8221 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8222 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8223 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8224 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8225 D.setInvalidType(); 8226 } 8227 8228 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8229 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8230 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8231 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8232 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8233 : FixItHint()); 8234 D.setInvalidType(); 8235 } 8236 8237 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8238 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 8239 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8240 } 8241 8242 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8243 8244 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 8245 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 8246 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8247 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8248 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 8249 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8250 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8251 8252 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8253 } 8254 } 8255 8256 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8257 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8258 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8259 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8260 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8261 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8262 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8263 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8264 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8265 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8266 AddToScope = false; 8267 } 8268 8269 return NewFD; 8270 } 8271 8272 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8273 /// 8274 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8275 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8276 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8277 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8278 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8279 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8280 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8281 /// 8282 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8283 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8284 /// 8285 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8286 /// 8287 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8288 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8289 LookupResult &Previous, 8290 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8291 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8292 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8293 8294 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8295 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8296 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8297 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8298 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8299 8300 bool Redeclaration = false; 8301 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8302 8303 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8304 // the same name, if appropriate. 8305 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8306 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8307 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8308 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8309 // function to the scope. 8310 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8311 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8312 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8313 Redeclaration = true; 8314 OldDecl = Candidate; 8315 } 8316 } else { 8317 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8318 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8319 case Ovl_Match: 8320 Redeclaration = true; 8321 break; 8322 8323 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8324 Redeclaration = true; 8325 break; 8326 8327 case Ovl_Overload: 8328 Redeclaration = false; 8329 break; 8330 } 8331 8332 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8333 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8334 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8335 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8336 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8337 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8338 if (Redeclaration) 8339 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8340 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8341 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8342 if (OverloadedDecl) 8343 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8344 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8345 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8346 } 8347 } 8348 } 8349 8350 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8351 if (!Redeclaration && 8352 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8353 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8354 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8355 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8356 Redeclaration = true; 8357 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8358 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8359 8360 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8361 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8362 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8363 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8364 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8365 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8366 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8367 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8368 } 8369 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8370 Redeclaration = false; 8371 OldDecl = nullptr; 8372 } 8373 } 8374 } 8375 } 8376 8377 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8378 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8379 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8380 // 8381 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8382 // definition of a static member function. 8383 // 8384 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8385 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8386 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8387 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8388 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8389 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8390 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8391 if (OldDecl) 8392 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8393 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8394 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8395 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8396 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8397 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8398 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8399 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8400 8401 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8402 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8403 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8404 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8405 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8406 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8407 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8408 8409 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8410 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8411 } 8412 } 8413 } 8414 8415 if (Redeclaration) { 8416 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8417 // merged. 8418 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8419 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8420 return Redeclaration; 8421 } 8422 8423 Previous.clear(); 8424 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8425 8426 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8427 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8428 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8429 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8430 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8431 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8432 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8433 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8434 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8435 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8436 } 8437 8438 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8439 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8440 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8441 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8442 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8443 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8444 } 8445 8446 } else { 8447 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8448 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8449 8450 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8451 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8452 } 8453 } 8454 8455 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8456 8457 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8458 // C++-specific checks. 8459 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8460 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8461 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8462 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8463 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8464 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8465 8466 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8467 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8468 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8469 DeclarationName Name 8470 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8471 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8472 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8473 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8474 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8475 return Redeclaration; 8476 } 8477 } 8478 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8479 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8480 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8481 } 8482 8483 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8484 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8485 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8486 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8487 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8488 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8489 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8490 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8491 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8492 } 8493 } 8494 } 8495 8496 if (Method->isStatic()) 8497 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8498 } 8499 8500 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8501 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8502 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8503 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8504 return Redeclaration; 8505 } 8506 8507 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8508 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8509 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8510 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8511 return Redeclaration; 8512 } 8513 8514 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8515 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8516 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8517 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8518 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8519 8520 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8521 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8522 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8523 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8524 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8525 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8526 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8527 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8528 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8529 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8530 } 8531 } 8532 8533 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8534 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8535 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8536 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8537 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8538 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8539 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8540 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8541 << NewFD << R; 8542 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8543 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8544 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8545 } 8546 } 8547 return Redeclaration; 8548 } 8549 8550 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8551 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8552 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8553 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8554 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8555 // appear in a declaration of main. 8556 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8557 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8558 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8559 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8560 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8561 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8562 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8563 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8564 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8565 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8566 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8567 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8568 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8569 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8570 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8571 } 8572 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8573 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8574 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8575 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8576 } 8577 8578 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8579 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8580 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8581 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8582 return; 8583 } 8584 8585 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8586 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8587 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8588 8589 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8590 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8591 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8592 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8593 8594 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8595 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8596 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8597 else { 8598 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8599 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8600 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8601 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8602 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8603 } 8604 } else { 8605 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8606 // set the flag which tells us that. 8607 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8608 8609 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8610 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8611 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8612 else { 8613 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8614 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8615 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8616 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8617 : FixItHint()); 8618 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8619 } 8620 } 8621 8622 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8623 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8624 8625 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8626 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8627 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8628 8629 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8630 8631 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 8632 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 8633 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 8634 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 8635 } 8636 8637 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8638 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8639 // getting shifty. 8640 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8641 HasExtraParameters = false; 8642 8643 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8644 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8645 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8646 nparams = 3; 8647 } 8648 8649 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8650 // if we had some location information about types. 8651 8652 QualType CharPP = 8653 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8654 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8655 8656 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8657 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8658 8659 bool mismatch = true; 8660 8661 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8662 mismatch = false; 8663 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8664 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8665 // char const ** 8666 // char const * const * 8667 // char * const * 8668 8669 QualifierCollector qs; 8670 const PointerType* PT; 8671 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8672 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8673 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8674 Context.CharTy)) { 8675 qs.removeConst(); 8676 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8677 } 8678 } 8679 8680 if (mismatch) { 8681 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8682 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8683 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8684 } 8685 } 8686 8687 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8688 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8689 } 8690 8691 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8692 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8693 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8694 } 8695 } 8696 8697 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8698 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8699 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8700 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8701 8702 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8703 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8704 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8705 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8706 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8707 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8708 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8709 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8710 8711 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8712 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8713 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8714 } 8715 } 8716 8717 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8718 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8719 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8720 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8721 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8722 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8723 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8724 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8725 // rules there don't matter.) 8726 const Expr *Culprit; 8727 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8728 return false; 8729 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8730 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8731 return true; 8732 } 8733 8734 namespace { 8735 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8736 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8737 class SelfReferenceChecker 8738 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8739 Sema &S; 8740 Decl *OrigDecl; 8741 bool isRecordType; 8742 bool isPODType; 8743 bool isReferenceType; 8744 8745 bool isInitList; 8746 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8747 public: 8748 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8749 8750 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8751 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8752 isPODType = false; 8753 isRecordType = false; 8754 isReferenceType = false; 8755 isInitList = false; 8756 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8757 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8758 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8759 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8760 } 8761 } 8762 8763 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8764 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8765 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8766 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8767 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8768 if (!InitList) { 8769 Visit(E); 8770 return; 8771 } 8772 8773 // Track and increment the index here. 8774 isInitList = true; 8775 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8776 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8777 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8778 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8779 } 8780 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8781 } 8782 8783 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8784 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8785 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8786 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8787 Expr *Base = E; 8788 bool ReferenceField = false; 8789 8790 // Get the field memebers used. 8791 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8792 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8793 if (!FD) 8794 return false; 8795 Fields.push_back(FD); 8796 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8797 ReferenceField = true; 8798 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8799 } 8800 8801 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8802 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8803 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8804 return false; 8805 8806 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8807 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8808 return true; 8809 8810 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8811 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8812 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 8813 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 8814 8815 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8816 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8817 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8818 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8819 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8820 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8821 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8822 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8823 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8824 return true; 8825 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8826 break; 8827 } 8828 8829 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8830 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8831 return true; 8832 } 8833 8834 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8835 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8836 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8837 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8838 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8839 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8840 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8841 return; 8842 } 8843 8844 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8845 Visit(CO->getCond()); 8846 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8847 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8848 return; 8849 } 8850 8851 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 8852 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8853 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 8854 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 8855 return; 8856 } 8857 8858 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 8859 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 8860 return; 8861 } 8862 8863 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 8864 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 8865 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 8866 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 8867 return; 8868 } 8869 } 8870 8871 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8872 if (isInitList) { 8873 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 8874 false /*CheckReference*/)) 8875 return; 8876 } 8877 8878 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8879 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8880 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8881 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8882 return; 8883 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8884 } 8885 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8886 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8887 return; 8888 } 8889 8890 Visit(E); 8891 } 8892 8893 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 8894 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 8895 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8896 if (isReferenceType) 8897 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8898 } 8899 8900 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8901 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 8902 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8903 return; 8904 } 8905 8906 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8907 } 8908 8909 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8910 if (isInitList) { 8911 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 8912 return; 8913 } 8914 8915 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8916 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8917 8918 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8919 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8920 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8921 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8922 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8923 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8924 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8925 Warn = false; 8926 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8927 } 8928 8929 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8930 if (Warn) 8931 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8932 return; 8933 } 8934 8935 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8936 // Visit that expression. 8937 Visit(Base); 8938 } 8939 8940 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8941 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 8942 8943 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 8944 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8945 8946 Visit(Callee); 8947 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 8948 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 8949 } 8950 8951 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8952 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8953 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8954 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8955 if (!isPODType) 8956 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8957 return; 8958 } 8959 8960 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 8961 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8962 return; 8963 } 8964 8965 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8966 } 8967 8968 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8969 8970 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 8971 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 8972 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 8973 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8974 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 8975 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 8976 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8977 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 8978 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 8979 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 8980 return; 8981 } 8982 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 8983 } 8984 8985 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 8986 // Treat std::move as a use. 8987 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 8988 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 8989 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 8990 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 8991 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 8992 return; 8993 } 8994 } 8995 } 8996 8997 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 8998 } 8999 9000 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 9001 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 9002 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 9003 Visit(E->getRHS()); 9004 return; 9005 } 9006 9007 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 9008 } 9009 9010 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 9011 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 9012 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 9013 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 9014 Visit(E->getCond()); 9015 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 9016 } 9017 9018 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 9019 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 9020 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 9021 unsigned diag; 9022 if (isReferenceType) { 9023 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 9024 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 9025 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 9026 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9027 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9028 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 9029 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 9030 } else { 9031 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 9032 return; 9033 } 9034 9035 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 9036 S.PDiag(diag) 9037 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 9038 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 9039 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 9040 } 9041 }; 9042 9043 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 9044 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 9045 bool DirectInit) { 9046 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 9047 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 9048 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 9049 return; 9050 9051 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9052 9053 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 9054 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 9055 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 9056 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 9057 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 9058 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 9059 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 9060 return; 9061 9062 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 9063 } 9064 } 9065 9066 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 9067 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 9068 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 9069 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 9070 Expr *Init) { 9071 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 9072 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 9073 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 9074 9075 ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init; 9076 if (DirectInit) { 9077 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9078 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 9079 else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9080 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 9081 } 9082 9083 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 9084 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 9085 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 9086 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 9087 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9088 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 9089 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 9090 << Name << Type << Range; 9091 return QualType(); 9092 } 9093 9094 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 9095 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 9096 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 9097 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 9098 << Name << Type << Range; 9099 return QualType(); 9100 } 9101 9102 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 9103 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 9104 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9105 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 9106 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9107 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << Name << Type << Range; 9108 return QualType(); 9109 } 9110 9111 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9112 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 9113 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9114 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 9115 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9116 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9117 return QualType(); 9118 } 9119 Init = Result.get(); 9120 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 9121 } 9122 9123 QualType DeducedType; 9124 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 9125 if (!IsInitCapture) 9126 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9127 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9128 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 9129 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 9130 << Name 9131 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9132 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9133 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9134 else 9135 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 9136 << Name << TSI->getType() 9137 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9138 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9139 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9140 } 9141 9142 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9143 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 9144 // checks. 9145 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9146 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9147 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId && 9148 !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9149 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9150 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << Name << Range; 9151 } 9152 9153 return DeducedType; 9154 } 9155 9156 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 9157 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 9158 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 9159 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 9160 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9161 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 9162 // the initializer. 9163 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9164 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 9165 return; 9166 } 9167 9168 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9169 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 9170 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 9171 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 9172 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 9173 return; 9174 } 9175 9176 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 9177 if (!VDecl) { 9178 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 9179 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 9180 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9181 return; 9182 } 9183 9184 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 9185 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9186 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 9187 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 9188 // TypoExpr. 9189 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 9190 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 9191 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9192 return; 9193 } 9194 Init = Res.get(); 9195 9196 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 9197 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), 9198 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 9199 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9200 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9201 return; 9202 } 9203 9204 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9205 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9206 9207 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9208 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9209 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9210 9211 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9212 // the previously declared type. 9213 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9214 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9215 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9216 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 9217 } 9218 9219 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9220 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9221 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9222 return; 9223 } 9224 9225 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 9226 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 9227 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 9228 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9229 return; 9230 } 9231 9232 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9233 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9234 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9235 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9236 return; 9237 } 9238 9239 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9240 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9241 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9242 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9243 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9244 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9245 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9246 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9247 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9248 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9249 return; 9250 } 9251 9252 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9253 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9254 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9255 AbstractVariableType)) 9256 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9257 } 9258 9259 VarDecl *Def; 9260 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 9261 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 9262 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 9263 (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 9264 VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 9265 VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 9266 VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 9267 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 9268 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 9269 } else { 9270 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 9271 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9272 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9273 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9274 return; 9275 } 9276 } 9277 9278 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9279 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9280 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9281 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9282 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9283 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9284 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9285 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9286 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9287 // 9288 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9289 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9290 // declaration with an initializer. 9291 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9292 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9293 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9294 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9295 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9296 << 0; 9297 return; 9298 } 9299 9300 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9301 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9302 9303 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9304 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9305 return; 9306 } 9307 } 9308 9309 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9310 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9311 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 9312 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9313 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9314 return; 9315 } 9316 9317 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9318 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9319 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9320 9321 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9322 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9323 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9324 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9325 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9326 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9327 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9328 return; 9329 } 9330 Init = Result.get(); 9331 } 9332 9333 // Perform the initialization. 9334 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 9335 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9336 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9337 InitializationKind Kind = 9338 DirectInit 9339 ? CXXDirectInit 9340 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9341 Init->getLocStart(), 9342 Init->getLocEnd()) 9343 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation()) 9344 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9345 Init->getLocStart()); 9346 9347 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9348 if (CXXDirectInit) 9349 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9350 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9351 9352 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9353 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9354 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9355 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9356 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9357 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9358 }); 9359 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9360 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9361 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9362 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9363 } 9364 } 9365 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9366 return; 9367 9368 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 9369 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9370 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9371 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9372 return; 9373 } 9374 9375 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9376 } 9377 9378 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9379 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9380 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9381 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9382 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9383 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9384 } 9385 9386 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9387 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9388 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9389 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9390 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9391 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9392 9393 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9394 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9395 9396 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9397 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9398 9399 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9400 // Although this code can still have problems: 9401 // id x = self.weakProp; 9402 // id y = self.weakProp; 9403 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9404 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9405 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9406 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9407 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9408 Init->getLocStart())) 9409 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9410 } 9411 9412 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9413 // 9414 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9415 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9416 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9417 // 9418 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9419 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9420 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9421 // 9422 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9423 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9424 false, 9425 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9426 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9427 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9428 return; 9429 } 9430 Init = Result.get(); 9431 9432 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9433 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9434 9435 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9436 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9437 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9438 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9439 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9440 const Expr *Culprit; 9441 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9442 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9443 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9444 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9445 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9446 // constant expressions. 9447 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9448 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9449 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9450 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9451 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9452 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9453 } 9454 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 9455 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9456 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9457 // 9458 // struct S { 9459 // static const int value = 17; 9460 // }; 9461 9462 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9463 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9464 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9465 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9466 // 9467 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9468 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 9469 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9470 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9471 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9472 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9473 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9474 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9475 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9476 9477 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9478 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9479 9480 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9481 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9482 // type. 9483 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9484 9485 // Require constness. 9486 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9487 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9488 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9489 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9490 9491 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9492 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9493 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9494 SourceLocation Loc; 9495 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9496 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9497 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9498 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9499 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9500 ; // Nothing to check. 9501 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9502 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9503 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9504 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9505 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9506 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9507 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9508 } else { 9509 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9510 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9511 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9512 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9513 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9514 } 9515 9516 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9517 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9518 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9519 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9520 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9521 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9522 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9523 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9524 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9525 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9526 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9527 } else { 9528 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9529 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9530 9531 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9532 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9533 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9534 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9535 } 9536 } 9537 9538 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9539 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9540 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9541 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9542 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9543 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9544 9545 } else { 9546 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9547 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9548 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9549 } 9550 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9551 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9552 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9553 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9554 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9555 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9556 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9557 9558 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9559 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9560 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9561 } 9562 9563 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9564 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9565 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9566 // 9567 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9568 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9569 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9570 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9571 // special case code. 9572 9573 // C++ 8.5p11: 9574 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9575 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9576 // class type. 9577 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9578 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9579 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9580 } else if (DirectInit) { 9581 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9582 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9583 } 9584 9585 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9586 } 9587 9588 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9589 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9590 /// of sanity. 9591 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9592 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9593 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9594 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9595 9596 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9597 if (!VD) return; 9598 9599 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9600 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9601 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9602 return; 9603 } 9604 9605 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9606 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9607 9608 // Require a complete type. 9609 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9610 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9611 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9612 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9613 return; 9614 } 9615 9616 // Require a non-abstract type. 9617 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9618 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9619 AbstractVariableType)) { 9620 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9621 return; 9622 } 9623 9624 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9625 // though. 9626 } 9627 9628 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9629 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9630 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9631 if (!RealDecl) 9632 return; 9633 9634 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9635 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9636 9637 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9638 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9639 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9640 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9641 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9642 return; 9643 } 9644 9645 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9646 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9647 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9648 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9649 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9650 // member. 9651 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9652 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9653 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9654 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9655 << Var->getDeclName(); 9656 else 9657 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9658 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9659 return; 9660 } 9661 9662 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 9663 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 9664 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 9665 if (Var->isConcept()) { 9666 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 9667 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9668 return; 9669 } 9670 9671 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9672 // be initialized. 9673 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9674 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9675 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9676 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9677 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9678 return; 9679 } 9680 9681 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9682 case VarDecl::Definition: 9683 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9684 break; 9685 9686 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9687 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9688 // a declaration. 9689 // 9690 // Fall through 9691 9692 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9693 // It's only a declaration. 9694 9695 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9696 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9697 // object shall be complete. 9698 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9699 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9700 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9701 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9702 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9703 9704 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9705 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9706 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9707 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9708 AbstractVariableType)) 9709 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9710 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9711 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9712 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9713 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9714 } 9715 9716 return; 9717 9718 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9719 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9720 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9721 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9722 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9723 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9724 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9725 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9726 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9727 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9728 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9729 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9730 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9731 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9732 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9733 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9734 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9735 // NOTE: code such as the following 9736 // static struct s; 9737 // struct s { int a; }; 9738 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9739 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9740 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9741 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9742 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9743 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9744 } 9745 } 9746 9747 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9748 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9749 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9750 return; 9751 } 9752 9753 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9754 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9755 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9756 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9757 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9758 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9759 return; 9760 } 9761 9762 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9763 // definitions with reference type. 9764 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9765 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9766 << Var->getDeclName() 9767 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9768 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9769 return; 9770 } 9771 9772 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9773 // variable with dependent type. 9774 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9775 return; 9776 9777 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9778 return; 9779 9780 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9781 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9782 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9783 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9784 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9785 return; 9786 } 9787 } else { 9788 return; 9789 } 9790 9791 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9792 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9793 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9794 AbstractVariableType)) { 9795 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9796 return; 9797 } 9798 9799 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9800 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9801 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9802 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9803 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9804 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9805 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9806 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9807 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9808 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9809 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9810 if (const RecordType *Record 9811 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9812 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9813 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9814 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9815 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9816 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9817 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9818 } 9819 } 9820 9821 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9822 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9823 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9824 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9825 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9826 // type shall have a user-declared default 9827 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9828 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9829 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9830 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9831 // program is ill-formed. 9832 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9833 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9834 // default-initialized; [...]. 9835 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9836 InitializationKind Kind 9837 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9838 9839 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9840 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9841 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9842 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9843 else if (Init.get()) { 9844 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9845 // This is important for template substitution. 9846 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9847 } 9848 9849 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9850 } 9851 } 9852 9853 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9854 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9855 if (!VD) { 9856 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9857 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9858 return; 9859 } 9860 9861 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9862 9863 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9864 int Error = -1; 9865 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9866 case SC_None: 9867 break; 9868 case SC_Extern: 9869 Error = 0; 9870 break; 9871 case SC_Static: 9872 Error = 1; 9873 break; 9874 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9875 Error = 2; 9876 break; 9877 case SC_Auto: 9878 Error = 3; 9879 break; 9880 case SC_Register: 9881 Error = 4; 9882 break; 9883 } 9884 if (Error != -1) { 9885 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9886 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9887 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9888 } 9889 } 9890 9891 StmtResult 9892 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9893 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9894 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9895 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9896 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9897 // A range-based for statement of the form 9898 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9899 // is equivalent to 9900 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9901 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9902 9903 const char *PrevSpec; 9904 unsigned DiagID; 9905 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9906 getPrintingPolicy()); 9907 9908 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9909 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9910 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9911 9912 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9913 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9914 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9915 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9916 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9917 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9918 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9919 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9920 } 9921 9922 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9923 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9924 9925 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9926 // local retaining variable. 9927 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 9928 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9929 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9930 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9931 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9932 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9933 break; 9934 9935 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9936 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9937 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9938 break; 9939 } 9940 } 9941 9942 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9943 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9944 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9945 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9946 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9947 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9948 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9949 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9950 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9951 var->getLocation())) { 9952 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9953 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9954 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9955 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9956 9957 if (!prev) 9958 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9959 } 9960 9961 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9962 const Expr *Culprit; 9963 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9964 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9965 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9966 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9967 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9968 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9969 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9970 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9971 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9972 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9973 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9974 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9975 // initialization. 9976 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9977 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9978 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9979 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9980 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9981 } 9982 9983 } 9984 9985 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 9986 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 9987 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9988 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9989 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 9990 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 9991 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 9992 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 9993 else if (!var->getInit()) { 9994 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 9995 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9996 } else { 9997 Stack = &DataSegStack; 9998 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9999 } 10000 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 10001 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 10002 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 10003 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 10004 } 10005 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 10006 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 10007 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 10008 10009 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 10010 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 10011 // attribute. 10012 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 10013 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 10014 CurInitSegLoc)); 10015 } 10016 10017 // All the following checks are C++ only. 10018 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 10019 10020 QualType type = var->getType(); 10021 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 10022 10023 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 10024 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10025 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 10026 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 10027 10028 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 10029 // constructing this copy. 10030 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 10031 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 10032 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 10033 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 10034 ExprResult result 10035 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 10036 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 10037 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 10038 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 10039 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 10040 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 10041 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 10042 } 10043 } 10044 } 10045 10046 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 10047 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 10048 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 10049 10050 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 10051 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 10052 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 10053 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 10054 var->getLocation())) { 10055 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 10056 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 10057 // warned about them. 10058 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 10059 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 10060 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 10061 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 10062 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10063 } 10064 10065 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 10066 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 10067 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 10068 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 10069 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 10070 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 10071 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 10072 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 10073 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 10074 Notes.clear(); 10075 } 10076 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 10077 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 10078 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 10079 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 10080 } 10081 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 10082 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 10083 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 10084 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 10085 var->checkInitIsICE(); 10086 } 10087 } 10088 10089 // Require the destructor. 10090 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 10091 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 10092 } 10093 10094 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 10095 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 10096 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10097 return true; 10098 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 10099 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 10100 return true; 10101 return false; 10102 } 10103 10104 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 10105 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 10106 void 10107 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 10108 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 10109 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 10110 10111 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 10112 if (!VD) 10113 return; 10114 10115 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 10116 10117 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 10118 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 10119 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 10120 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 10121 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 10122 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 10123 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 10124 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 10125 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 10126 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 10127 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 10128 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 10129 } 10130 } 10131 } 10132 10133 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 10134 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 10135 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 10136 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 10137 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 10138 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 10139 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 10140 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 10141 } 10142 } 10143 } 10144 10145 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 10146 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 10147 10148 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 10149 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 10150 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 10151 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10152 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 10153 // with a warning. 10154 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 10155 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 10156 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 10157 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 10158 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10159 10160 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 10161 IsClassTemplateMember 10162 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 10163 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 10164 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10165 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 10166 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10167 } 10168 } 10169 10170 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 10171 // isn't exported with the variable. 10172 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 10173 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 10174 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 10175 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 10176 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 10177 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 10178 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 10179 } else { 10180 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 10181 << DLLAttr; 10182 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10183 } 10184 } 10185 10186 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 10187 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10188 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 10189 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 10190 } 10191 } 10192 10193 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 10194 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 10195 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 10196 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 10197 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 10198 10199 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 10200 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 10201 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 10202 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 10203 10204 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 10205 // tag values. 10206 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 10207 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 10208 return; 10209 10210 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 10211 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 10212 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 10213 continue; 10214 } 10215 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 10216 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 10217 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10218 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 10219 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10220 continue; 10221 } 10222 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 10223 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10224 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 10225 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10226 continue; 10227 } 10228 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 10229 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 10230 MagicValue, 10231 I->getMatchingCType(), 10232 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 10233 I->getMustBeNull()); 10234 } 10235 } 10236 10237 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 10238 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10239 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 10240 10241 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 10242 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 10243 10244 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10245 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10246 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 10247 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 10248 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 10249 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 10250 Decls.push_back(D); 10251 } 10252 10253 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 10254 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 10255 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 10256 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 10257 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10258 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 10259 } 10260 } 10261 10262 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 10263 } 10264 10265 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 10266 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 10267 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 10268 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 10269 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10270 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 10271 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 10272 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 10273 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 10274 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 10275 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 10276 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 10277 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 10278 QualType Deduced; 10279 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 10280 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 10281 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10282 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 10283 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 10284 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 10285 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 10286 break; 10287 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 10288 if (!U.isNull()) { 10289 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 10290 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 10291 Deduced = U; 10292 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 10293 DeducedDecl = D; 10294 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 10295 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 10296 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 10297 << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() 10298 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 10299 << U << D->getDeclName() 10300 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 10301 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 10302 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10303 break; 10304 } 10305 } 10306 } 10307 } 10308 } 10309 10310 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10311 10312 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10313 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10314 } 10315 10316 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10317 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10318 } 10319 10320 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10321 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10322 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10323 return; 10324 10325 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10326 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10327 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10328 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10329 return; 10330 10331 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10332 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10333 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10334 // additional declaration references: 10335 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10336 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10337 // 'struct S *pS;' 10338 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10339 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10340 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10341 Group = Group.slice(1); 10342 } 10343 } 10344 10345 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10346 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10347 if (!Comments.empty() && 10348 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10349 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10350 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10351 // 10352 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10353 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10354 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10355 // ahead through comments. 10356 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10357 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10358 } 10359 } 10360 10361 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 10362 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 10363 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 10364 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 10365 10366 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 10367 10368 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 10369 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 10370 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 10371 SC = SC_Register; 10372 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10373 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 10374 SC = SC_Auto; 10375 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 10376 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10377 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 10378 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 10379 } 10380 10381 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10382 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 10383 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10384 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 10385 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 10386 << 0; 10387 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 10388 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 10389 10390 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 10391 10392 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10393 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 10394 10395 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10396 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 10397 // parameter. 10398 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10399 10400 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 10401 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 10402 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 10403 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 10404 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 10405 } 10406 } 10407 10408 // Ensure we have a valid name 10409 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 10410 if (D.hasName()) { 10411 II = D.getIdentifier(); 10412 if (!II) { 10413 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 10414 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 10415 D.setInvalidType(true); 10416 } 10417 } 10418 10419 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 10420 if (II) { 10421 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 10422 ForRedeclaration); 10423 LookupName(R, S); 10424 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 10425 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 10426 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10427 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10428 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10429 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10430 PrevDecl = nullptr; 10431 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10432 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 10433 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10434 10435 // Recover by removing the name 10436 II = nullptr; 10437 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 10438 D.setInvalidType(true); 10439 } 10440 } 10441 } 10442 10443 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 10444 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 10445 // looking like class members in C++. 10446 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10447 D.getLocStart(), 10448 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10449 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10450 SC); 10451 10452 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10453 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10454 10455 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10456 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10457 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10458 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10459 10460 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10461 S->AddDecl(New); 10462 if (II) 10463 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10464 10465 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 10466 10467 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10468 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10469 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 10470 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10471 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10472 10473 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10474 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 10475 } 10476 return New; 10477 } 10478 10479 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 10480 /// typedef. 10481 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 10482 SourceLocation Loc, 10483 QualType T) { 10484 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 10485 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 10486 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 10487 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 10488 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 10489 SC_None, nullptr); 10490 Param->setImplicit(); 10491 return Param; 10492 } 10493 10494 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10495 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 10496 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 10497 // will already have done so in the template itself. 10498 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 10499 return; 10500 10501 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10502 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 10503 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 10504 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 10505 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 10506 } 10507 } 10508 } 10509 10510 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10511 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 10512 QualType ReturnTy, 10513 NamedDecl *D) { 10514 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 10515 return; 10516 10517 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10518 // threshold. 10519 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 10520 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 10521 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10522 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 10523 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 10524 } 10525 10526 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10527 // threshold. 10528 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10529 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 10530 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 10531 continue; 10532 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10533 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10534 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10535 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 10536 } 10537 } 10538 10539 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10540 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10541 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10542 StorageClass SC) { 10543 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10544 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10545 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10546 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10547 10548 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10549 10550 // Special cases for arrays: 10551 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10552 // - otherwise, it's an error 10553 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10554 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10555 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10556 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10557 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10558 } 10559 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10560 } else { 10561 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10562 } 10563 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10564 } 10565 10566 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10567 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 10568 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 10569 10570 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 10571 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 10572 // the class has been completely parsed. 10573 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 10574 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10575 AbstractParamType)) 10576 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10577 10578 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 10579 // passed by reference. 10580 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10581 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10582 Diag(NameLoc, 10583 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10584 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10585 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10586 New->setType(T); 10587 } 10588 10589 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10590 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10591 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10592 // an address space. 10593 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10594 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10595 // to be qualified with an address space. 10596 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10597 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10598 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10599 } 10600 } 10601 10602 return New; 10603 } 10604 10605 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10606 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10607 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10608 10609 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10610 // for a K&R function. 10611 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10612 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10613 --i; 10614 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10615 SmallString<256> Code; 10616 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10617 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10618 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10619 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10620 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 10621 10622 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10623 // type. 10624 AttributeFactory attrs; 10625 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10626 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10627 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10628 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10629 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10630 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10631 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10632 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10633 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10634 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10635 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10636 } 10637 } 10638 } 10639 } 10640 10641 Decl * 10642 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 10643 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10644 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10645 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10646 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10647 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10648 10649 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10650 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 10651 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 10652 } 10653 10654 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 10655 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 10656 } 10657 10658 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10659 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10660 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10661 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10662 return false; 10663 10664 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10665 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10666 return false; 10667 10668 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10669 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10670 return false; 10671 10672 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10673 if (FD->isMain()) 10674 return false; 10675 10676 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10677 if (FD->isInlined()) 10678 return false; 10679 10680 // Don't warn about function templates. 10681 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10682 return false; 10683 10684 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10685 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10686 return false; 10687 10688 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10689 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10690 return false; 10691 10692 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 10693 if (FD->isDeleted()) 10694 return false; 10695 10696 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10697 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10698 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10699 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10700 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10701 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10702 continue; 10703 10704 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10705 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10706 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10707 break; 10708 } 10709 10710 return MissingPrototype; 10711 } 10712 10713 void 10714 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10715 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 10716 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10717 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10718 // was an extern inline function. 10719 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10720 if (!Definition) 10721 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10722 return; 10723 10724 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10725 return; 10726 10727 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 10728 // a template, skip the new definition. 10729 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 10730 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 10731 Definition->isInlined() || 10732 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 10733 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 10734 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 10735 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10736 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 10737 else 10738 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 10739 FD->getLocation()); 10740 return; 10741 } 10742 10743 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10744 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10745 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10746 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10747 else 10748 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10749 10750 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10751 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10752 } 10753 10754 10755 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10756 Sema &S) { 10757 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10758 10759 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10760 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10761 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10762 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10763 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10764 10765 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10766 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10767 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10768 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10769 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10770 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10771 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10772 10773 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10774 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10775 10776 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 10777 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 10778 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 10779 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 10780 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 10781 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 10782 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 10783 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 10784 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 10785 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 10786 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 10787 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 10788 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 10789 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 10790 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10791 10792 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 10793 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 10794 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10795 } else { 10796 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 10797 } 10798 ++I; 10799 } 10800 } 10801 10802 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 10803 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10804 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 10805 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 10806 10807 if (!D) 10808 return D; 10809 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 10810 10811 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 10812 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10813 else 10814 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 10815 10816 // See if this is a redefinition. 10817 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 10818 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 10819 10820 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 10821 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 10822 return D; 10823 } 10824 10825 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 10826 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 10827 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 10828 // LambdaScopeInfo. 10829 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 10830 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 10831 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 10832 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 10833 // have the LSI properly restored. 10834 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 10835 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 10836 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 10837 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 10838 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 10839 } 10840 else 10841 // Enter a new function scope 10842 PushFunctionScope(); 10843 10844 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 10845 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10846 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 10847 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 10848 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 10849 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10850 } 10851 } 10852 10853 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 10854 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 10855 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 10856 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 10857 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10858 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 10859 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 10860 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10861 10862 if (FnBodyScope) 10863 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10864 10865 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10866 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10867 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10868 10869 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10870 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10871 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10872 10873 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10874 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10875 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10876 10877 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10878 } 10879 } 10880 10881 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10882 // introduce them into the function scope. 10883 if (FnBodyScope) { 10884 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10885 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10886 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10887 I != E; ++I) { 10888 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10889 10890 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 10891 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 10892 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 10893 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10894 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10895 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 10896 if (DI == D) { 10897 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10898 break; 10899 } 10900 } 10901 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10902 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10903 } 10904 10905 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10906 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10907 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10908 10909 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10910 // accessible in this scope. 10911 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10912 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10913 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10914 } 10915 } 10916 } 10917 10918 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10919 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10920 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10921 10922 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10923 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10924 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10925 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10926 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10927 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10928 return D; 10929 } 10930 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10931 // a function template). 10932 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10933 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10934 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10935 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10936 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10937 10938 return D; 10939 } 10940 10941 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10942 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10943 /// optimization. 10944 /// 10945 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10946 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10947 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10948 /// use the named return value optimization. 10949 /// 10950 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10951 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10952 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10953 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10954 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10955 10956 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10957 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10958 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10959 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10960 } 10961 } 10962 } 10963 10964 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10965 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10966 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10967 return false; 10968 10969 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10970 // return type (yet). 10971 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10972 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10973 // we can still delay parsing it. 10974 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10975 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10976 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10977 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10978 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10979 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 10980 } 10981 } 10982 return false; 10983 } 10984 10985 return true; 10986 } 10987 10988 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 10989 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 10990 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 10991 // rest of the file. 10992 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 10993 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 10994 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 10995 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 10996 return false; 10997 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 10998 } 10999 11000 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 11001 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 11002 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11003 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 11004 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11005 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 11006 } 11007 11008 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 11009 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 11010 } 11011 11012 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 11013 bool IsInstantiation) { 11014 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 11015 11016 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 11017 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 11018 11019 if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty()) 11020 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 11021 11022 if (FD) { 11023 FD->setBody(Body); 11024 11025 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 11026 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11027 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 11028 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 11029 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 11030 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 11031 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 11032 << FD->getReturnType(); 11033 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11034 } else { 11035 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 11036 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 11037 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 11038 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 11039 } 11040 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 11041 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 11042 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 11043 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 11044 11045 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 11046 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 11047 // [the deduced type is] the type void 11048 QualType RetType = 11049 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 11050 11051 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 11052 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 11053 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11054 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 11055 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 11056 } 11057 } 11058 11059 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 11060 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 11061 // is the first declaration. 11062 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 11063 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 11064 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11065 else if (FD->isInlined() && 11066 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 11067 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 11068 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11069 } 11070 11071 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 11072 // don't complain about missing return statements. 11073 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 11074 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 11075 11076 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 11077 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 11078 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 11079 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 11080 11081 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11082 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 11083 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 11084 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 11085 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 11086 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 11087 11088 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 11089 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 11090 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 11091 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 11092 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 11093 11094 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 11095 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 11096 // to deduce an implicit return type. 11097 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 11098 !FD->isDependentContext()) 11099 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11100 } 11101 11102 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 11103 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 11104 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 11105 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 11106 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 11107 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 11108 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 11109 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 11110 11111 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11112 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 11113 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 11114 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 11115 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 11116 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 11117 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 11118 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 11119 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 11120 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 11121 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 11122 } 11123 } 11124 } 11125 11126 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 11127 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 11128 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 11129 MD->isVirtual() && 11130 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 11131 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 11132 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 11133 if (FD->isInlined() && 11134 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 11135 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 11136 11137 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 11138 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 11139 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 11140 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 11141 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 11142 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11143 } else { 11144 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 11145 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11146 } 11147 } 11148 } 11149 11150 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 11151 "Function parsing confused"); 11152 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 11153 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 11154 MD->setBody(Body); 11155 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11156 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 11157 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 11158 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 11159 11160 if (Body) 11161 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11162 } 11163 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 11164 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 11165 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 11166 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 11167 } 11168 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 11169 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 11170 bool isDesignated = 11171 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 11172 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 11173 (void)isDesignated; 11174 11175 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 11176 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 11177 if (!IFace) 11178 return false; 11179 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 11180 if (!SuperD) 11181 return false; 11182 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 11183 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 11184 }; 11185 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 11186 // of NSObject. 11187 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 11188 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11189 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 11190 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 11191 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 11192 } 11193 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 11194 } 11195 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 11196 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 11197 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 11198 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11199 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 11200 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 11201 } 11202 } else { 11203 return nullptr; 11204 } 11205 11206 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 11207 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 11208 "handled in the block above."); 11209 11210 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 11211 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 11212 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 11213 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 11214 // Verify this. 11215 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 11216 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 11217 11218 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 11219 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 11220 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 11221 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 11222 11223 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 11224 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 11225 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 11226 11227 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 11228 Destructor->getParent()); 11229 } 11230 11231 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11232 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11233 // deletion in some later function. 11234 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 11235 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 11236 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11237 } 11238 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 11239 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 11240 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 11241 // enabled. 11242 ActivePolicy = &WP; 11243 } 11244 11245 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11246 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 11247 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 11248 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11249 11250 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 11251 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 11252 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 11253 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 11254 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11255 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11256 break; 11257 } 11258 } 11259 } 11260 11261 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 11262 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 11263 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 11264 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 11265 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 11266 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 11267 } 11268 11269 if (!IsInstantiation) 11270 PopDeclContext(); 11271 11272 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 11273 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11274 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11275 // deletion in some later function. 11276 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 11277 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11278 } 11279 11280 return dcl; 11281 } 11282 11283 11284 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 11285 /// relevant Decl. 11286 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 11287 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 11288 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 11289 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 11290 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 11291 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 11292 11293 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 11294 if (Method->isStatic()) 11295 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 11296 } 11297 11298 11299 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 11300 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 11301 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 11302 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 11303 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 11304 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 11305 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 11306 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 11307 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 11308 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 11309 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11310 return ExternCPrev; 11311 } 11312 11313 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 11314 unsigned diag_id; 11315 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 11316 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 11317 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 11318 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 11319 else 11320 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 11321 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 11322 11323 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11324 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11325 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11326 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11327 if (S && 11328 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11329 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11330 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11331 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11332 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11333 } 11334 11335 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11336 const char *Dummy; 11337 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11338 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11339 unsigned DiagID; 11340 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11341 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11342 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 11343 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 11344 SourceLocation NoLoc; 11345 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 11346 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 11347 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 11348 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11349 /*Params=*/nullptr, 11350 /*NumParams=*/0, 11351 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 11352 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11353 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 11354 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 11355 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11356 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11357 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11358 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11359 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 11360 EST_None, 11361 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 11362 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 11363 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 11364 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 11365 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 11366 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 11367 Loc, Loc, D), 11368 DS.getAttributes(), 11369 SourceLocation()); 11370 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 11371 11372 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 11373 11374 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 11375 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11376 11377 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 11378 FD->setImplicit(); 11379 11380 CurContext = PrevDC; 11381 11382 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 11383 11384 return FD; 11385 } 11386 11387 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 11388 /// the declaration of this function. 11389 /// 11390 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 11391 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 11392 /// like NSLog or printf. 11393 /// 11394 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 11395 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 11396 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11397 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11398 return; 11399 11400 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 11401 // actual attributes. 11402 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11403 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 11404 unsigned FormatIdx; 11405 bool HasVAListArg; 11406 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 11407 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 11408 const char *fmt = "printf"; 11409 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 11410 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 11411 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11412 fmt = "NSString"; 11413 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11414 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 11415 FormatIdx+1, 11416 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11417 FD->getLocation())); 11418 } 11419 } 11420 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 11421 HasVAListArg)) { 11422 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11423 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11424 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 11425 FormatIdx+1, 11426 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11427 FD->getLocation())); 11428 } 11429 11430 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 11431 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 11432 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 11433 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 11434 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 11435 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11436 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11437 } 11438 11439 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 11440 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 11441 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11442 FD->getLocation())); 11443 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 11444 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11445 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11446 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11447 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads && 11448 Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 11449 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 11450 // Assign appropriate attribute depending on CUDA compilation 11451 // mode and the target builtin belongs to. E.g. during host 11452 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, the rest are __host__. 11453 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 11454 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 11455 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11456 else 11457 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11458 } 11459 } 11460 11461 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 11462 if (!Name) 11463 return; 11464 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11465 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 11466 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 11467 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 11468 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 11469 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 11470 // about. 11471 } else 11472 return; 11473 11474 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 11475 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 11476 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 11477 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11478 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11479 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 11480 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 11481 FD->getLocation())); 11482 } 11483 11484 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 11485 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 11486 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 11487 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 11488 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 11489 FD->getLocation())); 11490 } 11491 } 11492 11493 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 11494 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 11495 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 11496 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 11497 11498 if (!TInfo) { 11499 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 11500 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 11501 } 11502 11503 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 11504 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11505 D.getLocStart(), 11506 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 11507 D.getIdentifier(), 11508 TInfo); 11509 11510 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 11511 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 11512 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 11513 return NewTD; 11514 } 11515 11516 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 11517 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11518 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11519 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 11520 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11521 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11522 else 11523 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 11524 } 11525 11526 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 11527 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 11528 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 11529 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 11530 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 11531 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 11532 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 11533 case TST_enum: 11534 case TST_struct: 11535 case TST_interface: 11536 case TST_union: 11537 case TST_class: { 11538 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 11539 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 11540 break; 11541 } 11542 11543 default: 11544 break; 11545 } 11546 11547 return NewTD; 11548 } 11549 11550 11551 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 11552 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 11553 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11554 QualType T = TI->getType(); 11555 11556 if (T->isDependentType()) 11557 return false; 11558 11559 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 11560 if (BT->isInteger()) 11561 return false; 11562 11563 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 11564 return true; 11565 } 11566 11567 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 11568 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 11569 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 11570 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 11571 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 11572 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 11573 11574 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 11575 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 11576 << Prev->isScoped(); 11577 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11578 return true; 11579 } 11580 11581 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 11582 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 11583 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 11584 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 11585 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 11586 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 11587 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 11588 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 11589 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 11590 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 11591 return true; 11592 } 11593 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 11594 ; 11595 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 11596 ; 11597 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 11598 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 11599 << Prev->isFixed(); 11600 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11601 return true; 11602 } 11603 11604 return false; 11605 } 11606 11607 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 11608 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 11609 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 11610 /// 11611 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 11612 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 11613 switch (Tag) { 11614 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 11615 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 11616 case TTK_Class: return 2; 11617 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 11618 } 11619 } 11620 11621 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 11622 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 11623 /// 11624 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 11625 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 11626 { 11627 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 11628 } 11629 11630 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 11631 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 11632 /// 11633 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 11634 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 11635 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 11636 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 11637 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 11638 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 11639 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 11640 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 11641 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 11642 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 11643 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 11644 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 11645 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11646 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11647 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11648 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11649 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11650 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11651 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11652 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11653 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11654 return true; 11655 11656 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11657 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11658 bool isTemplate = false; 11659 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11660 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11661 11662 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11663 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11664 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11665 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11666 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11667 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11668 return true; 11669 } 11670 11671 if (isDefinition) { 11672 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11673 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11674 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11675 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11676 return true; 11677 } 11678 11679 bool previousMismatch = false; 11680 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11681 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11682 if (!previousMismatch) { 11683 previousMismatch = true; 11684 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11685 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11686 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11687 } 11688 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11689 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11690 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11691 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11692 } 11693 } 11694 return true; 11695 } 11696 11697 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11698 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11699 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11700 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11701 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11702 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11703 return true; 11704 } 11705 11706 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11707 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11708 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11709 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11710 11711 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11712 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11713 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11714 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11715 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11716 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11717 } 11718 11719 return true; 11720 } 11721 return false; 11722 } 11723 11724 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11725 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11726 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11727 /// namespace N { 11728 /// struct X; 11729 /// namespace M { 11730 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11731 /// } 11732 /// } 11733 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11734 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11735 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11736 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11737 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11738 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11739 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11740 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11741 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11742 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11743 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11744 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11745 return FixItHint(); 11746 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11747 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11748 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11749 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11750 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11751 break; 11752 } 11753 11754 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11755 // build an NNS. 11756 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11757 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11758 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11759 OS << "::"; 11760 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11761 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11762 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11763 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11764 } 11765 11766 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 11767 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 11768 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 11769 /// using-declaration). 11770 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 11771 DeclContext *NewDC) { 11772 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 11773 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 11774 11775 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 11776 return true; 11777 11778 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 11779 // encloses the other). 11780 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 11781 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 11782 return true; 11783 11784 return false; 11785 } 11786 11787 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 11788 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 11789 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 11790 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 11791 /// 11792 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 11793 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 11794 /// 11795 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 11796 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 11797 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 11798 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 11799 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 11800 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 11801 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 11802 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11803 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 11804 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 11805 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 11806 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 11807 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11808 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 11809 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 11810 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 11811 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 11812 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 11813 11814 OwnedDecl = false; 11815 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 11816 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 11817 11818 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 11819 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 11820 bool Invalid = false; 11821 11822 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 11823 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 11824 // for non-C++ cases. 11825 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 11826 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 11827 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 11828 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 11829 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 11830 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 11831 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11832 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 11833 return nullptr; 11834 } 11835 11836 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 11837 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 11838 // be a member of another template). 11839 11840 if (Invalid) 11841 return nullptr; 11842 11843 OwnedDecl = false; 11844 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 11845 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 11846 TemplateParams, AS, 11847 ModulePrivateLoc, 11848 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 11849 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 11850 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 11851 SkipBody); 11852 return Result.get(); 11853 } else { 11854 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 11855 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 11856 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 11857 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 11858 } 11859 } 11860 } 11861 11862 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 11863 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 11864 // redeclaration. 11865 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 11866 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 11867 11868 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11869 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 11870 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 11871 // type, default to int. 11872 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11873 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 11874 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 11875 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 11876 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 11877 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 11878 EnumUnderlying = TI; 11879 11880 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 11881 // Recover by falling back to int. 11882 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11883 11884 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 11885 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 11886 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11887 11888 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 11889 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11890 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 11891 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11892 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 11893 } 11894 } 11895 } 11896 11897 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 11898 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 11899 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 11900 11901 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 11902 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 11903 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 11904 11905 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 11906 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11907 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 11908 11909 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 11910 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 11911 Name = nullptr; 11912 goto CreateNewDecl; 11913 } 11914 11915 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 11916 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 11917 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11918 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 11919 if (!DC) { 11920 IsDependent = true; 11921 return nullptr; 11922 } 11923 } else { 11924 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 11925 if (!DC) { 11926 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 11927 << SS.getRange(); 11928 return nullptr; 11929 } 11930 } 11931 11932 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 11933 return nullptr; 11934 11935 SearchDC = DC; 11936 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 11937 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 11938 11939 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11940 return nullptr; 11941 11942 if (Previous.empty()) { 11943 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 11944 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 11945 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 11946 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 11947 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 11948 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 11949 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 11950 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11951 IsDependent = true; 11952 return nullptr; 11953 } 11954 11955 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 11956 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 11957 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 11958 Name = nullptr; 11959 Invalid = true; 11960 goto CreateNewDecl; 11961 } 11962 } else if (Name) { 11963 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 11964 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 11965 // name different from T: 11966 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 11967 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 11968 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 11969 return nullptr; 11970 11971 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 11972 // declaration or definition. 11973 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 11974 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 11975 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 11976 LookupName(Previous, S); 11977 11978 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 11979 // by types using'ed into this scope. 11980 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 11981 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 11982 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11983 while (F.hasNext()) { 11984 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11985 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 11986 F.erase(); 11987 } 11988 F.done(); 11989 } 11990 11991 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 11992 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 11993 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 11994 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 11995 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 11996 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 11997 // 11998 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 11999 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 12000 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 12001 // 12002 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 12003 // semantic context? 12004 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12005 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12006 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12007 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 12008 while (F.hasNext()) { 12009 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12010 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12011 if (DC->isFileContext() && 12012 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 12013 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12014 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 12015 else 12016 F.erase(); 12017 } 12018 } 12019 F.done(); 12020 12021 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 12022 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 12023 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 12024 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12025 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 12026 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 12027 } 12028 } 12029 12030 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 12031 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12032 return nullptr; 12033 12034 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 12035 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 12036 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 12037 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 12038 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 12039 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 12040 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 12041 } 12042 } 12043 12044 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 12045 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 12046 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12047 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12048 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12049 Previous.clear(); 12050 } 12051 12052 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 12053 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 12054 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 12055 isStdBadAlloc = true; 12056 12057 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 12058 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 12059 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 12060 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 12061 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 12062 } 12063 } 12064 12065 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 12066 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 12067 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 12068 // there's a shadow friend decl. 12069 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 12070 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12071 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 12072 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 12073 12074 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12075 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 12076 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 12077 // 12078 // class-key identifier 12079 // 12080 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 12081 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 12082 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 12083 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 12084 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 12085 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 12086 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 12087 // declaration. 12088 // 12089 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 12090 // C structs and unions. 12091 // 12092 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 12093 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 12094 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 12095 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 12096 // 12097 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 12098 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 12099 // 12100 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 12101 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 12102 // lexical context, 12103 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12104 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 12105 12106 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 12107 while (S->isClassScope() || 12108 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12109 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 12110 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 12111 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 12112 S = S->getParent(); 12113 } else { 12114 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 12115 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 12116 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 12117 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 12118 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 12119 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12120 } 12121 12122 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 12123 // diagnose some problems. 12124 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12125 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12126 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 12127 } 12128 } 12129 12130 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 12131 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 12132 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 12133 12134 if (!Previous.empty()) { 12135 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12136 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12137 12138 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 12139 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 12140 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 12141 // in C++. 12142 // 12143 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 12144 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 12145 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 12146 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 12147 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12148 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12149 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 12150 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 12151 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 12152 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 12153 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 12154 PrevDecl = Tag; 12155 Previous.clear(); 12156 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 12157 Previous.resolveKind(); 12158 } 12159 } 12160 } 12161 } 12162 12163 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 12164 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 12165 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 12166 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 12167 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 12168 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12169 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 12170 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 12171 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 12172 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 12173 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 12174 diag::note_using_decl_target); 12175 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 12176 << 0; 12177 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 12178 Previous.clear(); 12179 goto CreateNewDecl; 12180 } 12181 } 12182 12183 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12184 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 12185 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 12186 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 12187 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 12188 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12189 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12190 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 12191 // struct or something similar. 12192 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 12193 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 12194 Name)) { 12195 bool SafeToContinue 12196 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 12197 Kind != TTK_Enum); 12198 if (SafeToContinue) 12199 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 12200 << Name 12201 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 12202 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 12203 else 12204 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 12205 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12206 12207 if (SafeToContinue) 12208 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 12209 else { 12210 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 12211 Name = nullptr; 12212 Previous.clear(); 12213 Invalid = true; 12214 } 12215 } 12216 12217 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 12218 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 12219 12220 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 12221 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 12222 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12223 if (ScopedEnum) 12224 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 12225 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 12226 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 12227 return PrevTagDecl; 12228 } 12229 12230 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 12231 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12232 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 12233 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 12234 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 12235 12236 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 12237 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 12238 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 12239 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 12240 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 12241 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 12242 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 12243 } 12244 12245 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 12246 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 12247 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 12248 // and then later defined. 12249 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 12250 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 12251 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 12252 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12253 } 12254 12255 if (!Invalid) { 12256 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 12257 // we have attributes. 12258 12259 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 12260 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 12261 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 12262 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 12263 if (!Attr && 12264 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 12265 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 12266 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 12267 return PrevTagDecl; 12268 12269 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 12270 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12271 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 12272 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 12273 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 12274 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 12275 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 12276 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 12277 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 12278 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12279 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12280 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12281 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 12282 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12283 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12284 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12285 } 12286 12287 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 12288 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12289 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 12290 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 12291 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 12292 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 12293 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 12294 // use it in place of this one. 12295 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12296 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 12297 return Def; 12298 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 12299 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 12300 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 12301 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 12302 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 12303 else 12304 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 12305 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12306 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 12307 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 12308 // references get the previous definition. 12309 Name = nullptr; 12310 Previous.clear(); 12311 Invalid = true; 12312 } 12313 } else { 12314 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 12315 // about a nested redefinition. 12316 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 12317 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 12318 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 12319 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 12320 diag::note_previous_definition); 12321 Name = nullptr; 12322 Previous.clear(); 12323 Invalid = true; 12324 } 12325 } 12326 12327 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 12328 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 12329 } 12330 12331 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 12332 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 12333 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 12334 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12335 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 12336 AS = AS_none; 12337 } 12338 } 12339 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 12340 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 12341 12342 } else { 12343 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 12344 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 12345 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 12346 // have distinct types. 12347 Previous.clear(); 12348 } 12349 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 12350 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 12351 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 12352 12353 12354 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 12355 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 12356 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 12357 } else { 12358 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 12359 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 12360 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 12361 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 12362 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 12363 unsigned Kind = 0; 12364 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12365 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12366 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12367 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 12368 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 12369 Invalid = true; 12370 12371 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 12372 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12373 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12374 // do nothing 12375 12376 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 12377 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12378 unsigned Kind = 0; 12379 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12380 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12381 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12382 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 12383 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12384 Invalid = true; 12385 12386 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 12387 // case here. 12388 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12389 unsigned Kind = 0; 12390 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12391 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 12392 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 12393 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12394 Invalid = true; 12395 12396 // Otherwise, diagnose. 12397 } else { 12398 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 12399 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 12400 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 12401 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12402 Name = nullptr; 12403 Invalid = true; 12404 } 12405 12406 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 12407 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 12408 Previous.clear(); 12409 } 12410 } 12411 12412 CreateNewDecl: 12413 12414 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12415 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 12416 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12417 12418 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 12419 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 12420 // keyword. 12421 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 12422 12423 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 12424 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 12425 // PrevDecl. 12426 TagDecl *New; 12427 12428 bool IsForwardReference = false; 12429 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12430 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12431 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 12432 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12433 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 12434 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 12435 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 12436 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 12437 TagDecl *Def; 12438 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 12439 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 12440 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 12441 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 12442 } 12443 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 12444 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 12445 << New; 12446 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12447 } else { 12448 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 12449 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12450 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 12451 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12452 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 12453 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 12454 12455 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 12456 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 12457 // the declaration context. 12458 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 12459 IsForwardReference = true; 12460 } 12461 } 12462 12463 if (EnumUnderlying) { 12464 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 12465 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12466 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 12467 else 12468 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 12469 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 12470 } 12471 12472 } else { 12473 // struct/union/class 12474 12475 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12476 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 12477 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12478 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 12479 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12480 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12481 12482 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 12483 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 12484 } else 12485 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12486 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12487 } 12488 12489 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 12490 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 12491 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12492 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 12493 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12494 Invalid = true; 12495 } 12496 12497 // Maybe add qualifier info. 12498 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12499 if (SS.isSet()) { 12500 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 12501 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 12502 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 12503 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 12504 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 12505 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 12506 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 12507 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 12508 Invalid = true; 12509 12510 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 12511 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 12512 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 12513 } 12514 } 12515 else 12516 Invalid = true; 12517 } 12518 12519 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 12520 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 12521 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 12522 // 12523 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 12524 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 12525 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 12526 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 12527 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 12528 // parsing of the struct). 12529 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12530 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 12531 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 12532 } 12533 } 12534 12535 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 12536 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 12537 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 12538 << 2 12539 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 12540 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 12541 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 12542 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 12543 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12544 New->setModulePrivate(); 12545 } 12546 12547 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 12548 // check the specialization. 12549 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 12550 Invalid = true; 12551 12552 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 12553 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 12554 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 12555 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 12556 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 12557 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12558 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 12559 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 12560 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 12561 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 12562 << Name; 12563 Invalid = true; 12564 } 12565 } else { 12566 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12567 } 12568 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 12569 } 12570 12571 if (Invalid) 12572 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12573 12574 if (Attr) 12575 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12576 12577 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 12578 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 12579 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 12580 12581 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 12582 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 12583 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 12584 // the tag name visible. 12585 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 12586 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 12587 12588 // Set the access specifier. 12589 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 12590 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 12591 12592 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 12593 New->startDefinition(); 12594 12595 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12596 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12597 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 12598 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 12599 if (PrevDecl) 12600 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 12601 12602 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12603 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12604 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 12605 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 12606 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 12607 } else if (Name) { 12608 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12609 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 12610 if (IsForwardReference) 12611 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12612 12613 } else { 12614 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12615 } 12616 12617 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 12618 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 12619 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 12620 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 12621 II->isStr("FILE")) 12622 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 12623 12624 if (PrevDecl) 12625 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 12626 12627 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12628 // record. 12629 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 12630 12631 OwnedDecl = true; 12632 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 12633 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 12634 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 12635 } 12636 12637 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12638 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12639 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12640 12641 // Enter the tag context. 12642 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 12643 12644 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 12645 12646 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12647 // record. 12648 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 12649 } 12650 12651 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 12652 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 12653 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 12654 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 12655 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 12656 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 12657 CurContext = OCD; 12658 return IDecl; 12659 } 12660 12661 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12662 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 12663 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 12664 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 12665 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12666 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 12667 12668 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 12669 12670 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 12671 return; 12672 12673 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 12674 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 12675 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 12676 12677 // C++ [class]p2: 12678 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 12679 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 12680 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 12681 // as if it were a public member name. 12682 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 12683 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 12684 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 12685 Record->getIdentifier(), 12686 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 12687 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 12688 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 12689 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 12690 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 12691 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 12692 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 12693 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 12694 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 12695 "Broken injected-class-name"); 12696 } 12697 12698 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12699 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 12700 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12701 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12702 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 12703 12704 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12705 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12706 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 12707 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12708 RD->completeDefinition(); 12709 } 12710 12711 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 12712 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 12713 12714 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 12715 PopDeclContext(); 12716 12717 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12718 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 12719 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 12720 12721 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 12722 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 12723 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 12724 } 12725 12726 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 12727 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 12728 PopDeclContext(); 12729 } 12730 12731 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12732 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 12733 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 12734 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 12735 } 12736 12737 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12738 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 12739 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 12740 } 12741 12742 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12743 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12744 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12745 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 12746 12747 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12748 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12749 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12750 RD->completeDefinition(); 12751 } 12752 12753 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 12754 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 12755 // the FieldCollector. 12756 12757 PopDeclContext(); 12758 } 12759 12760 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 12761 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 12762 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 12763 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 12764 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 12765 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 12766 if (ZeroWidth) 12767 *ZeroWidth = true; 12768 12769 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 12770 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 12771 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12772 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 12773 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 12774 return ExprError(); 12775 if (FieldName) 12776 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 12777 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12778 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 12779 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12780 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 12781 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 12782 return ExprError(); 12783 12784 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 12785 // it now. 12786 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 12787 return BitWidth; 12788 12789 llvm::APSInt Value; 12790 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 12791 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 12792 return ICE; 12793 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 12794 12795 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 12796 *ZeroWidth = false; 12797 12798 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 12799 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 12800 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 12801 12802 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 12803 if (FieldName) 12804 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12805 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 12806 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12807 << Value.toString(10); 12808 } 12809 12810 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 12811 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 12812 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 12813 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 12814 12815 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 12816 // ABI. 12817 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 12818 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 12819 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 12820 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 12821 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 12822 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 12823 unsigned DiagWidth = 12824 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 12825 if (FieldName) 12826 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12827 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12828 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 12829 12830 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12831 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 12832 << DiagWidth; 12833 } 12834 12835 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 12836 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 12837 // 'bool'. 12838 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 12839 if (FieldName) 12840 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12841 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12842 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 12843 else 12844 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12845 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 12846 } 12847 } 12848 12849 return BitWidth; 12850 } 12851 12852 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 12853 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 12854 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 12855 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 12856 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 12857 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 12858 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 12859 return Res; 12860 } 12861 12862 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 12863 /// 12864 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 12865 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12866 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 12867 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12868 AccessSpecifier AS) { 12869 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12870 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12871 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12872 12873 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12874 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12875 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12876 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12877 12878 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 12879 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 12880 D.setInvalidType(); 12881 T = Context.IntTy; 12882 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 12883 } 12884 } 12885 12886 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 12887 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 12888 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 12889 D.setInvalidType(); 12890 } 12891 12892 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 12893 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 12894 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 12895 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 12896 D.setInvalidType(); 12897 } 12898 12899 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 12900 12901 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12902 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12903 diag::err_invalid_thread) 12904 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12905 12906 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 12907 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12908 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 12909 LookupName(Previous, S); 12910 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 12911 case LookupResult::Found: 12912 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 12913 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 12914 break; 12915 12916 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 12917 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12918 break; 12919 12920 case LookupResult::NotFound: 12921 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 12922 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 12923 break; 12924 } 12925 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 12926 12927 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12928 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12929 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12930 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12931 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12932 } 12933 12934 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 12935 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12936 12937 bool Mutable 12938 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 12939 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 12940 FieldDecl *NewFD 12941 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 12942 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 12943 12944 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 12945 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12946 12947 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12948 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 12949 12950 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 12951 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 12952 // with the same name in the same scope. 12953 } else if (II) { 12954 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 12955 } else 12956 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 12957 12958 return NewFD; 12959 } 12960 12961 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 12962 /// 12963 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 12964 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 12965 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 12966 /// created. 12967 /// 12968 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 12969 /// 12970 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 12971 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 12972 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 12973 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 12974 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 12975 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12976 SourceLocation TSSL, 12977 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 12978 Declarator *D) { 12979 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 12980 bool InvalidDecl = false; 12981 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 12982 12983 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 12984 // marking this declaration as invalid. 12985 if (T.isNull()) { 12986 InvalidDecl = true; 12987 T = Context.IntTy; 12988 } 12989 12990 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 12991 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12992 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12993 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 12994 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12995 InvalidDecl = true; 12996 } else { 12997 NamedDecl *Def; 12998 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 12999 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 13000 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13001 InvalidDecl = true; 13002 } 13003 } 13004 } 13005 13006 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 13007 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 13008 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 13009 InvalidDecl = true; 13010 } 13011 13012 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13013 // than a variably modified type. 13014 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13015 bool SizeIsNegative; 13016 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 13017 13018 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 13019 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 13020 SizeIsNegative, 13021 Oversized); 13022 if (FixedTInfo) { 13023 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 13024 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 13025 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 13026 } else { 13027 if (SizeIsNegative) 13028 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 13029 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 13030 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 13031 << Oversized.toString(10); 13032 else 13033 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 13034 InvalidDecl = true; 13035 } 13036 } 13037 13038 // Fields can not have abstract class types 13039 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 13040 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13041 AbstractFieldType)) 13042 InvalidDecl = true; 13043 13044 bool ZeroWidth = false; 13045 if (InvalidDecl) 13046 BitWidth = nullptr; 13047 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 13048 if (BitWidth) { 13049 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 13050 &ZeroWidth).get(); 13051 if (!BitWidth) { 13052 InvalidDecl = true; 13053 BitWidth = nullptr; 13054 ZeroWidth = false; 13055 } 13056 } 13057 13058 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 13059 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 13060 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13061 if (T->isReferenceType()) 13062 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 13063 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 13064 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 13065 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 13066 13067 if (DiagID) { 13068 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 13069 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 13070 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 13071 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 13072 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 13073 Mutable = false; 13074 InvalidDecl = true; 13075 } 13076 } 13077 } 13078 13079 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 13080 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 13081 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 13082 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 13083 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 13084 13085 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 13086 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 13087 if (InvalidDecl) 13088 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13089 13090 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13091 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13092 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13093 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13094 } 13095 13096 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13097 if (Record->isUnion()) { 13098 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13099 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13100 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13101 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 13102 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 13103 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 13104 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 13105 // objects. 13106 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 13107 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13108 } 13109 } 13110 13111 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 13112 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 13113 // enabled. 13114 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 13115 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 13116 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 13117 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 13118 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 13119 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 13120 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13121 } 13122 } 13123 } 13124 13125 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 13126 // representation, not a parser representation. 13127 if (D) { 13128 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 13129 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 13130 13131 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 13132 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 13133 } 13134 13135 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 13136 // retainable type. 13137 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 13138 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13139 13140 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 13141 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 13142 13143 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 13144 return NewFD; 13145 } 13146 13147 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 13148 assert(FD); 13149 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 13150 13151 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 13152 return false; 13153 13154 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13155 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13156 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13157 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13158 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 13159 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 13160 // copy constructors. 13161 13162 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 13163 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 13164 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 13165 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 13166 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 13167 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 13168 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 13169 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 13170 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 13171 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 13172 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 13173 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 13174 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 13175 member = CXXDestructor; 13176 13177 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 13178 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 13179 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 13180 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 13181 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 13182 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 13183 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 13184 // members unavailable. 13185 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 13186 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 13187 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 13188 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13189 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 13190 return false; 13191 } 13192 } 13193 13194 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 13195 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 13196 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 13197 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 13198 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 13199 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 13200 } 13201 } 13202 } 13203 13204 return false; 13205 } 13206 13207 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 13208 /// AST enum value. 13209 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 13210 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 13211 switch (ivarVisibility) { 13212 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 13213 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 13214 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 13215 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 13216 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 13217 } 13218 } 13219 13220 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 13221 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 13222 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 13223 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13224 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 13225 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 13226 13227 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13228 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 13229 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13230 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13231 13232 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 13233 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 13234 13235 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13236 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13237 13238 if (BitWidth) { 13239 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 13240 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 13241 if (!BitWidth) 13242 D.setInvalidType(); 13243 } else { 13244 // Not a bitfield. 13245 13246 // validate II. 13247 13248 } 13249 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 13250 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 13251 D.setInvalidType(); 13252 } 13253 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13254 // than a variably modified type. 13255 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13256 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 13257 D.setInvalidType(); 13258 } 13259 13260 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 13261 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 13262 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 13263 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 13264 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 13265 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 13266 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 13267 return nullptr; 13268 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 13269 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13270 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13271 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 13272 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 13273 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 13274 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 13275 } 13276 else 13277 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13278 } else { 13279 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13280 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13281 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 13282 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 13283 return nullptr; 13284 } 13285 } 13286 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13287 } 13288 13289 // Construct the decl. 13290 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 13291 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 13292 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 13293 13294 if (II) { 13295 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 13296 ForRedeclaration); 13297 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 13298 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13299 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13300 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13301 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13302 } 13303 } 13304 13305 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 13306 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 13307 13308 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13309 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13310 13311 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 13312 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 13313 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13314 13315 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13316 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 13317 13318 if (II) { 13319 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 13320 // these to the interface. 13321 S->AddDecl(NewID); 13322 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 13323 } 13324 13325 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 13326 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 13327 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 13328 13329 return NewID; 13330 } 13331 13332 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 13333 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 13334 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 13335 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 13336 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 13337 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 13338 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 13339 return; 13340 13341 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 13342 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 13343 13344 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 13345 return; 13346 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 13347 if (!ID) { 13348 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 13349 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 13350 return; 13351 } 13352 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 13353 else 13354 return; 13355 } 13356 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 13357 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 13358 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 13359 13360 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 13361 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 13362 Context.CharTy, 13363 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 13364 DeclLoc), 13365 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 13366 true); 13367 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 13368 } 13369 13370 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 13371 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 13372 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 13373 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 13374 13375 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 13376 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 13377 // it will now change. 13378 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13379 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13380 switch (DC->getKind()) { 13381 default: break; 13382 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 13383 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13384 break; 13385 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 13386 Context. 13387 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13388 break; 13389 } 13390 } 13391 13392 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13393 13394 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 13395 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 13396 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 13397 if (Record) { 13398 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 13399 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 13400 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 13401 ++NumNamedMembers; 13402 } 13403 } 13404 13405 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 13406 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 13407 13408 bool ARCErrReported = false; 13409 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 13410 i != end; ++i) { 13411 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 13412 13413 // Get the type for the field. 13414 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 13415 13416 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 13417 // Remember all fields written by the user. 13418 RecFields.push_back(FD); 13419 } 13420 13421 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 13422 // diagnostics about it. 13423 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13424 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13425 continue; 13426 } 13427 13428 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 13429 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 13430 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 13431 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 13432 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 13433 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 13434 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 13435 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 13436 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 13437 // array. 13438 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 13439 // Field declared as a function. 13440 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 13441 << FD->getDeclName(); 13442 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13443 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13444 continue; 13445 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 13446 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 13447 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 13448 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 13449 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 13450 // Flexible array member. 13451 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 13452 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 13453 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 13454 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13455 if (Record->isUnion()) 13456 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13457 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 13458 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13459 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 13460 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 13461 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 13462 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13463 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 13464 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13465 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 13466 : NumNamedMembers < 1 13467 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 13468 : 0; 13469 13470 if (DiagID) 13471 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 13472 << Record->getTagKind(); 13473 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 13474 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 13475 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 13476 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 13477 // of the type. 13478 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 13479 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 13480 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 13481 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13482 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 13483 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 13484 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13485 13486 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 13487 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 13488 // 13489 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 13490 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 13491 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13492 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 13493 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 13494 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13495 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13496 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13497 continue; 13498 } 13499 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 13500 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13501 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 13502 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13503 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13504 // Incomplete type 13505 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13506 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13507 continue; 13508 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13509 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 13510 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 13511 // flexible array member. 13512 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13513 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 13514 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 13515 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 13516 // structures. 13517 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 13518 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 13519 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13520 else { 13521 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 13522 // other structs as an extension. 13523 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 13524 << FD->getDeclName(); 13525 } 13526 } 13527 } 13528 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 13529 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13530 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13531 AbstractIvarType)) { 13532 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 13533 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13534 } 13535 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13536 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13537 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 13538 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13539 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 13540 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 13541 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 13542 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 13543 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 13544 FD->setType(T); 13545 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 13546 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 13547 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 13548 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 13549 // so we just make the field unavailable. 13550 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 13551 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 13552 QualType T = FD->getType(); 13553 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 13554 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 13555 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 13556 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 13557 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 13558 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13559 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 13560 } 13561 } else { 13562 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 13563 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 13564 } 13565 ARCErrReported = true; 13566 } 13567 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 13568 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 13569 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 13570 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13571 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 13572 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13573 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 13574 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13575 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 13576 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13577 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13578 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13579 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 13580 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13581 } 13582 } 13583 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 13584 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13585 // Keep track of the number of named members. 13586 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 13587 ++NumNamedMembers; 13588 } 13589 13590 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 13591 if (Record) { 13592 bool Completed = false; 13593 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 13594 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 13595 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 13596 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 13597 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 13598 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 13599 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 13600 13601 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 13602 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 13603 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 13604 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 13605 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 13606 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 13607 } 13608 13609 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 13610 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 13611 13612 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 13613 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 13614 // problem now. 13615 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 13616 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 13617 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 13618 13619 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 13620 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 13621 M != MEnd; ++M) { 13622 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 13623 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 13624 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 13625 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 13626 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 13627 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 13628 continue; 13629 13630 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 13631 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 13632 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 13633 // program is ill-formed. 13634 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 13635 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 13636 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 13637 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 13638 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 13639 OM = SO->second.begin(), 13640 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 13641 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 13642 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 13643 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 13644 13645 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13646 } 13647 } 13648 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 13649 Completed = true; 13650 } 13651 } 13652 } 13653 } 13654 13655 if (!Completed) 13656 Record->completeDefinition(); 13657 13658 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 13659 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 13660 13661 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 13662 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 13663 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 13664 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 13665 } 13666 13667 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 13668 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 13669 // compatibility problems. 13670 bool CheckForZeroSize; 13671 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13672 CheckForZeroSize = true; 13673 } else { 13674 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 13675 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 13676 CheckForZeroSize = 13677 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 13678 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 13679 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 13680 } 13681 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 13682 bool ZeroSize = true; 13683 bool IsEmpty = true; 13684 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 13685 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 13686 E = Record->field_end(); 13687 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 13688 IsEmpty = false; 13689 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 13690 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 13691 ZeroSize = false; 13692 } else { 13693 ++NonBitFields; 13694 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 13695 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 13696 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 13697 ZeroSize = false; 13698 } 13699 } 13700 13701 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 13702 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 13703 // extern "C" block. 13704 if (ZeroSize) { 13705 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 13706 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 13707 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 13708 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 13709 } 13710 13711 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 13712 // but are accepted by GCC. 13713 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13714 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 13715 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 13716 << Record->isUnion(); 13717 } 13718 } 13719 } else { 13720 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 13721 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 13722 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13723 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 13724 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 13725 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13726 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 13727 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13728 } 13729 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 13730 // duplicates. 13731 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 13732 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 13733 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13734 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13735 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 13736 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 13737 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 13738 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 13739 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 13740 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 13741 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13742 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13743 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13744 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13745 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 13746 // reported as errors elsewhere. 13747 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 13748 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 13749 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 13750 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 13751 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 13752 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13753 if (IDecl) { 13754 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 13755 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13756 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13757 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13758 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13759 continue; 13760 } 13761 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 13762 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 13763 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13764 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13765 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13766 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13767 continue; 13768 } 13769 } 13770 } 13771 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 13772 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13773 } 13774 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13775 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13776 } 13777 } 13778 13779 if (Attr) 13780 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 13781 } 13782 13783 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 13784 /// the given type T. 13785 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 13786 llvm::APSInt &Value, 13787 QualType T) { 13788 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13789 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 13790 13791 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 13792 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 13793 --BitWidth; 13794 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 13795 } 13796 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 13797 } 13798 13799 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 13800 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 13801 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 13802 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 13803 // enum checking below. 13804 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13805 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 13806 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13807 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 13808 }; 13809 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13810 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 13811 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 13812 }; 13813 13814 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 13815 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 13816 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 13817 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 13818 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 13819 return Types[I]; 13820 13821 return QualType(); 13822 } 13823 13824 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 13825 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 13826 SourceLocation IdLoc, 13827 IdentifierInfo *Id, 13828 Expr *Val) { 13829 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13830 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 13831 QualType EltTy; 13832 13833 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 13834 Val = nullptr; 13835 13836 if (Val) 13837 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 13838 13839 if (Val) { 13840 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 13841 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13842 else { 13843 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 13844 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 13845 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13846 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 13847 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 13848 // constant expression of the underlying type. 13849 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13850 ExprResult Converted = 13851 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 13852 CCEK_Enumerator); 13853 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 13854 Val = nullptr; 13855 else 13856 Val = Converted.get(); 13857 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 13858 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 13859 &EnumVal).get())) { 13860 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 13861 } else { 13862 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13863 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13864 13865 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 13866 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 13867 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 13868 // expression checking. 13869 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13870 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13871 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13872 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13873 } else 13874 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13875 } else 13876 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13877 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13878 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 13879 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13880 // is the type of its initializing value: 13881 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 13882 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 13883 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13884 } else { 13885 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 13886 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 13887 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 13888 // representable as an int. 13889 13890 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 13891 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 13892 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13893 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 13894 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 13895 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 13896 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 13897 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13898 } 13899 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13900 } 13901 } 13902 } 13903 } 13904 13905 if (!Val) { 13906 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 13907 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13908 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 13909 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13910 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13911 // is the type of its initializing value: 13912 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 13913 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 13914 // 13915 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 13916 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 13917 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13918 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13919 } 13920 else { 13921 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 13922 } 13923 } else { 13924 // Assign the last value + 1. 13925 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13926 ++EnumVal; 13927 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 13928 13929 // Check for overflow on increment. 13930 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 13931 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13932 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13933 // is the type of its initializing value: 13934 // 13935 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 13936 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 13937 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 13938 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 13939 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 13940 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 13941 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 13942 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 13943 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 13944 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 13945 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13946 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 13947 ++EnumVal; 13948 if (Enum->isFixed()) 13949 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 13950 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 13951 << EnumVal.toString(10) 13952 << EltTy; 13953 else 13954 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 13955 << EnumVal.toString(10); 13956 } else { 13957 EltTy = T; 13958 } 13959 13960 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 13961 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 13962 // value, then increment. 13963 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13964 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13965 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13966 ++EnumVal; 13967 13968 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 13969 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 13970 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 13971 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 13972 // integral type. 13973 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 13974 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 13975 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13976 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13977 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 13978 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13979 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 13980 } 13981 } 13982 } 13983 13984 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13985 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 13986 // enumerator's type. 13987 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13988 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13989 } 13990 13991 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 13992 Val, EnumVal); 13993 } 13994 13995 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 13996 SourceLocation IILoc) { 13997 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 13998 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13999 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14000 14001 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 14002 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 14003 // skip the body. 14004 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14005 ForRedeclaration); 14006 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 14007 if (!PrevECD) 14008 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14009 14010 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 14011 NamedDecl *Hidden; 14012 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 14013 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 14014 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 14015 return Skip; 14016 } 14017 14018 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14019 } 14020 14021 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 14022 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 14023 AttributeList *Attr, 14024 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 14025 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 14026 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 14027 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 14028 14029 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 14030 // we find one that is. 14031 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14032 14033 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 14034 // scope. 14035 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14036 ForRedeclaration); 14037 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14038 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14039 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 14040 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14041 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14042 } 14043 14044 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 14045 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 14046 // different from T: 14047 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 14048 // enumerated type 14049 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 14050 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 14051 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 14052 14053 EnumConstantDecl *New = 14054 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 14055 if (!New) 14056 return nullptr; 14057 14058 if (PrevDecl) { 14059 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 14060 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 14061 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 14062 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 14063 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 14064 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 14065 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14066 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 14067 else 14068 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 14069 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14070 return nullptr; 14071 } 14072 } 14073 14074 // Process attributes. 14075 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 14076 14077 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 14078 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 14079 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 14080 14081 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 14082 14083 return New; 14084 } 14085 14086 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 14087 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 14088 // Element2 = Element1 14089 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 14090 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 14091 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 14092 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 14093 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 14094 if (!InitExpr) 14095 return true; 14096 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 14097 14098 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 14099 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 14100 return true; 14101 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 14102 if (!IL) 14103 return true; 14104 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 14105 return true; 14106 14107 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 14108 } 14109 14110 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 14111 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 14112 if (!DRE) 14113 return true; 14114 14115 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 14116 if (!EnumConstant) 14117 return true; 14118 14119 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 14120 Enum) 14121 return true; 14122 14123 return false; 14124 } 14125 14126 namespace { 14127 struct DupKey { 14128 int64_t val; 14129 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 14130 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 14131 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 14132 }; 14133 14134 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 14135 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 14136 false); 14137 } 14138 14139 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 14140 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 14141 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 14142 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 14143 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 14144 } 14145 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 14146 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 14147 LHS.val == RHS.val; 14148 } 14149 }; 14150 } // end anonymous namespace 14151 14152 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 14153 // a previous element has already been set to. 14154 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14155 EnumDecl *Enum, 14156 QualType EnumType) { 14157 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 14158 return; 14159 // Avoid anonymous enums 14160 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 14161 return; 14162 14163 // Only check for small enums. 14164 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 14165 return; 14166 14167 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 14168 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 14169 14170 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 14171 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 14172 ValueToVectorMap; 14173 14174 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 14175 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 14176 14177 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 14178 // an initialier. 14179 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14180 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14181 14182 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 14183 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 14184 if (!ECD) { 14185 return; 14186 } 14187 14188 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 14189 continue; 14190 14191 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14192 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14193 14194 // First time encountering this value. 14195 if (Entry.isNull()) 14196 Entry = ECD; 14197 } 14198 14199 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 14200 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14201 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14202 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 14203 continue; 14204 14205 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14206 14207 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14208 if (Entry.isNull()) 14209 continue; 14210 14211 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 14212 // Ensure constants are different. 14213 if (D == ECD) 14214 continue; 14215 14216 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 14217 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 14218 Vec->push_back(D); 14219 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14220 14221 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 14222 Entry = Vec; 14223 14224 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 14225 // diagnostics. 14226 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 14227 continue; 14228 } 14229 14230 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 14231 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 14232 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 14233 continue; 14234 14235 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14236 } 14237 14238 // Emit diagnostics. 14239 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 14240 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 14241 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 14242 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 14243 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 14244 14245 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 14246 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 14247 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 14248 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14249 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14250 ++I; 14251 14252 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 14253 // the same value. 14254 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 14255 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 14256 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14257 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14258 delete Vec; 14259 } 14260 } 14261 14262 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 14263 bool AllowMask) const { 14264 assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 14265 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 14266 14267 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 14268 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 14269 14270 if (R.second) { 14271 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 14272 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 14273 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 14274 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 14275 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 14276 } 14277 } 14278 14279 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 14280 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 14281 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 14282 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 14283 // 14284 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 14285 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 14286 // likely a logic error. 14287 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 14288 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 14289 } 14290 14291 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 14292 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 14293 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14294 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 14295 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 14296 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 14297 14298 if (Attr) 14299 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 14300 14301 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 14302 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14303 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14304 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14305 if (!ECD) continue; 14306 14307 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14308 } 14309 14310 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 14311 return; 14312 } 14313 14314 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 14315 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 14316 // emit a warning. 14317 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14318 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 14319 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 14320 14321 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 14322 // reverse the list. 14323 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 14324 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 14325 14326 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 14327 bool AllElementsInt = true; 14328 14329 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14330 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14331 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14332 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14333 14334 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14335 14336 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 14337 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 14338 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 14339 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 14340 else 14341 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 14342 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 14343 14344 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 14345 if (AllElementsInt) 14346 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 14347 } 14348 14349 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 14350 QualType BestType; 14351 unsigned BestWidth; 14352 14353 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 14354 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 14355 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 14356 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 14357 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 14358 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 14359 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 14360 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 14361 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 14362 QualType BestPromotionType; 14363 14364 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 14365 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 14366 // enum definitions. 14367 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 14368 Packed = true; 14369 14370 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14371 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14372 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 14373 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 14374 else 14375 BestPromotionType = BestType; 14376 14377 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 14378 } 14379 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 14380 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 14381 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 14382 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14383 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 14384 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 14385 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14386 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 14387 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 14388 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 14389 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14390 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 14391 BestType = Context.IntTy; 14392 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14393 } else { 14394 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 14395 14396 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 14397 BestType = Context.LongTy; 14398 } else { 14399 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14400 14401 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 14402 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 14403 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 14404 } 14405 } 14406 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 14407 } else { 14408 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 14409 // all of the enumerator values. 14410 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14411 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 14412 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 14413 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14414 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14415 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 14416 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 14417 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14418 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14419 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 14420 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 14421 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14422 BestPromotionType 14423 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14424 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 14425 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 14426 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 14427 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 14428 BestPromotionType 14429 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14430 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 14431 } else { 14432 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14433 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 14434 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 14435 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 14436 BestPromotionType 14437 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14438 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 14439 } 14440 } 14441 14442 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 14443 // the type of the enum if needed. 14444 for (auto *D : Elements) { 14445 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14446 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14447 14448 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 14449 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 14450 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 14451 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 14452 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 14453 14454 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 14455 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14456 14457 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 14458 // the enum decl type. 14459 QualType NewTy; 14460 unsigned NewWidth; 14461 bool NewSign; 14462 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14463 !Enum->isFixed() && 14464 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 14465 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 14466 NewWidth = IntWidth; 14467 NewSign = true; 14468 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 14469 // Already the right type! 14470 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14471 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14472 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14473 // enumeration. 14474 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14475 continue; 14476 } else { 14477 NewTy = BestType; 14478 NewWidth = BestWidth; 14479 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 14480 } 14481 14482 // Adjust the APSInt value. 14483 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 14484 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 14485 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 14486 14487 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 14488 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 14489 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 14490 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 14491 CK_IntegralCast, 14492 ECD->getInitExpr(), 14493 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 14494 VK_RValue)); 14495 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14496 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14497 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14498 // enumeration. 14499 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14500 else 14501 ECD->setType(NewTy); 14502 } 14503 14504 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 14505 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 14506 14507 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 14508 14509 if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) { 14510 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 14511 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14512 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14513 14514 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14515 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 14516 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 14517 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 14518 << ECD << Enum; 14519 } 14520 } 14521 14522 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 14523 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 14524 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 14525 } 14526 14527 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 14528 SourceLocation StartLoc, 14529 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 14530 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 14531 14532 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 14533 AsmString, StartLoc, 14534 EndLoc); 14535 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14536 return New; 14537 } 14538 14539 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 14540 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 14541 bool FromInclude = false) { 14542 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 14543 14544 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 14545 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 14546 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 14547 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 14548 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 14549 break; 14550 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 14551 break; 14552 } 14553 DC = LSD->getParent(); 14554 } 14555 14556 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 14557 DC = DC->getParent(); 14558 14559 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 14560 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 14561 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 14562 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 14563 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 14564 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 14565 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 14566 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 14567 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 14568 << M->getFullModuleName(); 14569 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 14570 } 14571 } 14572 14573 void Sema::diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc) { 14574 return checkModuleImportContext(*this, M, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14575 } 14576 14577 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 14578 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14579 ModuleIdPath Path) { 14580 Module *Mod = 14581 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 14582 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 14583 if (!Mod) 14584 return true; 14585 14586 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 14587 14588 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14589 14590 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 14591 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 14592 // silently ignoring the import. 14593 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 14594 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 14595 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 14596 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 14597 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 14598 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 14599 14600 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 14601 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 14602 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 14603 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 14604 // We need the length to be consistent. 14605 if (!ModCheck) 14606 break; 14607 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 14608 14609 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 14610 } 14611 14612 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 14613 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 14614 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 14615 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 14616 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 14617 return Import; 14618 } 14619 14620 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14621 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 14622 14623 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 14624 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 14625 // implementation detail of us building the module. 14626 // 14627 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 14628 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 14629 TUKind == TU_Module && 14630 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 14631 14632 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 14633 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 14634 if (!IsInModuleIncludes) { 14635 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14636 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14637 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 14638 DirectiveLoc); 14639 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14640 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14641 } 14642 14643 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 14644 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14645 } 14646 14647 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14648 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14649 14650 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 14651 VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules)); 14652 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14653 } 14654 14655 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14656 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14657 14658 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 14659 VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back()); 14660 VisibleModulesStack.pop_back(); 14661 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14662 } 14663 } 14664 14665 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 14666 Module *Mod) { 14667 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 14668 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 14669 return; 14670 14671 // Create the implicit import declaration. 14672 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14673 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14674 Loc, Mod, Loc); 14675 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14676 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14677 14678 // Make the module visible. 14679 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 14680 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 14681 } 14682 14683 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14684 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14685 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14686 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14687 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14688 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 14689 LookupOrdinaryName); 14690 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 14691 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 14692 14693 // If a declaration that: 14694 // 1) declares a function or a variable 14695 // 2) has external linkage 14696 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 14697 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14698 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 14699 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 14700 else 14701 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 14702 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 14703 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 14704 } else 14705 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 14706 } 14707 14708 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14709 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14710 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 14711 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 14712 14713 if (PrevDecl) { 14714 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 14715 } else { 14716 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14717 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 14718 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 14719 } 14720 } 14721 14722 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14723 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14724 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14725 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14726 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14727 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 14728 LookupOrdinaryName); 14729 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 14730 14731 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14732 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 14733 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14734 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 14735 } else { 14736 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14737 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 14738 } 14739 } 14740 14741 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 14742 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 14743 } 14744 14745 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 14746 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 14747 if (!D) 14748 return AR_Available; 14749 14750 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 14751 // both the availability of the method as well as the 14752 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 14753 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 14754 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 14755 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 14756 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 14757 if (R != AR_Available) 14758 return R; 14759 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 14760 } 14761 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 14762 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 14763 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 14764 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 14765 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 14766 } 14767 // Recover from user error. 14768 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 14769 } 14770